Annual Statements Open main menu

TRUSTMARK CORP - Quarter Report: 2020 March (Form 10-Q)

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2020

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                 to                

Commission file number 000-03683

Trustmark Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Mississippi

 

64-0471500

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi

 

39201

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(601) 208-5111

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, no par value

TRMK

Nasdaq Global Select Market

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 

 

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

As of April 30, 2020, there were 63,420,866 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (no par value).

 

 

 


 

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “seek,” “continue,” “could,” “would,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning.  You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements.  You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Trustmark’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.  Furthermore, many of these risks and uncertainties are currently amplified by and may continue to be amplified by or may, in the future, be amplified by, the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, and also by the effectiveness of varying governmental responses in ameliorating the impact of the pandemic on our customers and the economies where they operate.

Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, an increase in unemployment levels and slowdowns in economic growth, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the domestic and global economy, as well as the effectiveness of actions of federal, state and local governments and agencies (including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board (FRB)) to mitigate its spread and economic impact, local, state and national economic and market conditions, conditions in the housing and real estate markets in the regions in which Trustmark operates and the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets, levels of and volatility in crude oil prices, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, including the potential impact of issues related to the European financial system and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address credit, securities, and/or commodity markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations or enforcement practices or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, particularly with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, changes in our ability to control expenses, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, cyber-attacks and other breaches which could affect our information system security, natural disasters, environmental disasters,  pandemics or other health crises, acts of war or terrorism, and other risks described in our filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct.  Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.

 

 

2


 

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in thousands)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

404,341

 

 

$

358,916

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

   (amortized cost: $1,791,852; allowance for credit losses: $0)

 

 

1,833,779

 

 

 

1,602,404

 

Securities held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses of $0

   (fair value: $731,441-2020; $746,202-2019)

 

 

704,276

 

 

 

738,099

 

Loans held for sale (LHFS)

 

 

325,389

 

 

 

226,347

 

Loans held for investment (LHFI) (1)

 

 

9,567,920

 

 

 

9,335,628

 

Less allowance for credit losses (ACL), LHFI (1)

 

 

100,564

 

 

 

84,277

 

Net LHFI

 

 

9,467,356

 

 

 

9,251,351

 

Acquired loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

72,601

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

815

 

Net acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

71,786

 

Net LHFI and acquired loans

 

 

9,467,356

 

 

 

9,323,137

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

190,179

 

 

 

189,791

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

56,437

 

 

 

79,394

 

Goodwill

 

 

381,717

 

 

 

379,627

 

Identifiable intangible assets, net

 

 

7,537

 

 

 

7,343

 

Other real estate

 

 

24,847

 

 

 

29,248

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

30,839

 

 

 

31,182

 

Other assets

 

 

591,132

 

 

 

532,389

 

Total Assets

 

$

14,019,829

 

 

$

13,497,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

2,977,058

 

 

$

2,891,215

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

8,598,706

 

 

 

8,354,342

 

Total deposits

 

 

11,575,764

 

 

 

11,245,557

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

421,821

 

 

 

256,020

 

Other borrowings

 

 

84,230

 

 

 

85,396

 

ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures (1)

 

 

36,421

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

61,856

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

32,055

 

 

 

32,354

 

Other liabilities

 

 

155,283

 

 

 

155,992

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

12,367,430

 

 

 

11,837,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized:  250,000,000 shares

Issued and outstanding:  63,396,912 shares - 2020; 64,200,111 shares - 2019

 

 

13,209

 

 

 

13,376

 

Capital surplus

 

 

229,403

 

 

 

256,400

 

Retained earnings

 

 

1,402,089

 

 

 

1,414,526

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

7,698

 

 

 

(23,600

)

Total Shareholders' Equity

 

 

1,652,399

 

 

 

1,660,702

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

14,019,829

 

 

$

13,497,877

 

(1)

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective approach.  Therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

3


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

($ in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on LHFS & LHFI

 

$

106,345

 

 

$

106,795

 

Interest and fees on acquired loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

1,916

 

Interest on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

12,948

 

 

 

14,665

 

Tax exempt

 

 

361

 

 

 

510

 

Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse

   repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Other interest income

 

 

740

 

 

 

1,603

 

Total Interest Income

 

 

120,394

 

 

 

125,491

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

 

14,957

 

 

 

19,570

 

Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

625

 

 

 

288

 

Other interest expense

 

 

860

 

 

 

825

 

Total Interest Expense

 

 

16,442

 

 

 

20,683

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

103,952

 

 

 

104,808

 

Provision for credit losses (PCL) (1)

 

 

20,581

 

 

 

1,611

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

Net Interest Income After PCL

 

 

83,371

 

 

 

103,119

 

Noninterest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

10,032

 

 

 

10,265

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

5,355

 

 

 

7,191

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

3,442

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

11,550

 

 

 

10,871

 

Wealth management

 

 

8,537

 

 

 

7,483

 

Other, net

 

 

2,307

 

 

 

2,239

 

Total Noninterest Income

 

 

65,264

 

 

 

41,491

 

Noninterest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

69,148

 

 

 

60,954

 

Services and fees

 

 

19,930

 

 

 

16,968

 

Net occupancy - premises

 

 

6,286

 

 

 

6,454

 

Equipment expense

 

 

5,616

 

 

 

5,924

 

Other real estate expense, net

 

 

1,294

 

 

 

1,752

 

Credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures (1)

 

 

6,783

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

 

14,753

 

 

 

13,969

 

Total Noninterest Expense

 

 

123,810

 

 

 

106,021

 

Income Before Income Taxes

 

 

24,825

 

 

 

38,589

 

Income taxes

 

 

2,607

 

 

 

5,250

 

Net Income

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

33,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

0.51

 

Diluted

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

0.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective approach.  Therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

4


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

33,339

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities and

   transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the

   period

 

 

30,380

 

 

 

14,118

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities

   transferred to held to maturity

 

 

646

 

 

 

560

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments for changes realized in net

   income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

28

 

 

 

47

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlement

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

244

 

 

 

190

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in the accumulated gain (loss) on effective cash

   flow hedge derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

(47

)

Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss realized in net

   income

 

 

 

 

 

(128

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

31,298

 

 

 

14,764

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

53,516

 

 

$

48,103

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

5


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

($ in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

Retained

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

Surplus

 

 

Earnings

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance, January 1, 2020

 

 

64,200,111

 

 

$

13,376

 

 

$

256,400

 

 

$

1,414,526

 

 

$

(23,600

)

 

$

1,660,702

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,949

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19,949

)

Net income per consolidated statements

   of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,218

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,298

 

 

 

31,298

 

Common stock dividends paid ($0.23 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,706

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,706

)

Shares withheld to pay taxes, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

83,759

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(1,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,020

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(886,958

)

 

 

(184

)

 

 

(27,354

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,538

)

Compensation expense, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,394

 

Balance, March 31, 2020

 

 

63,396,912

 

 

$

13,209

 

 

$

229,403

 

 

$

1,402,089

 

 

$

7,698

 

 

$

1,652,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

Retained

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

Surplus

 

 

Earnings

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance, January 1, 2019

 

 

65,834,395

 

 

$

13,717

 

 

$

309,545

 

 

$

1,323,870

 

 

$

(55,679

)

 

$

1,591,453

 

Net income per consolidated statements

   of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,339

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,764

 

 

 

14,764

 

Common stock dividends paid ($0.23 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,033

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,033

)

Shares withheld to pay taxes, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

123,821

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

(1,629

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,604

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(1,168,273

)

 

 

(243

)

 

 

(36,650

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36,893

)

Compensation expense, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,002

 

Balance, March 31, 2019

 

 

64,789,943

 

 

$

13,499

 

 

$

272,268

 

 

$

1,342,176

 

 

$

(40,915

)

 

$

1,587,028

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

6


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

33,339

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit loss expense, net (1)

 

 

27,364

 

 

 

1,689

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

8,996

 

 

 

9,337

 

Net amortization of securities

 

 

1,918

 

 

 

2,007

 

Gains on sales of loans, net

 

 

(7,085

)

 

 

(3,576

)

Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan

 

 

1,394

 

 

 

1,002

 

Deferred income tax provision

 

 

(11,600

)

 

 

(1,400

)

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

 

324,167

 

 

 

212,508

 

Purchases and originations of loans held for sale

 

 

(416,687

)

 

 

(235,550

)

Originations of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(3,649

)

 

 

(2,507

)

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(1,292

)

 

 

(1,354

)

Net change in other assets

 

 

(49,822

)

 

 

(1,576

)

Net change in other liabilities

 

 

(204

)

 

 

(9,853

)

Other operating activities, net

 

 

25,119

 

 

 

10,806

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

(79,163

)

 

 

14,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities held to maturity

 

 

34,459

 

 

 

25,361

 

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities available for sale

 

 

86,129

 

 

 

106,990

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

 

(278,691

)

 

 

 

Net proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

Net change in federal funds sold and securities purchased

   under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

830

 

Net change in member bank stock

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(70

)

Net change in loans

 

 

(162,097

)

 

 

(148,108

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(4,154

)

 

 

(4,407

)

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

1,848

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

 

3,671

 

 

 

1,780

 

Purchases of software

 

 

(1,805

)

 

 

(3,753

)

Investments in tax credit and other partnerships

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(3,426

)

Purchase of insurance book of business

 

 

(3,097

)

 

 

(81

)

Net cash from investing activities

 

 

(327,553

)

 

 

(23,036

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in deposits

 

 

330,207

 

 

 

170,404

 

Net change in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

165,801

 

 

 

(3,604

)

Net change in short-term borrowings

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(90

)

Payments on long-term FHLB advances

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(17

)

Payments under finance lease obligations

 

 

(459

)

 

 

(513

)

Common stock dividends

 

 

(14,706

)

 

 

(15,033

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(27,538

)

 

 

(36,893

)

Shares withheld to pay taxes, long-term incentive plan

 

 

(1,020

)

 

 

(1,604

)

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

452,141

 

 

 

112,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

45,425

 

 

 

104,486

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

358,916

 

 

 

349,561

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

404,341

 

 

$

454,047

 

 

(1)

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective approach.  Therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

7


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through 188 offices at March 31, 2020 in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.  

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (2019 Annual Report).

Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.  In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included.   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting periods and the related disclosures.  Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2020 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect Trustmark’s financial condition and results of operations.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Subsequent Events

 

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19, the disease caused by the novel coronavirus, a pandemic as a result of the global spread of the coronavirus illness.  The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect economic activity globally, nationally and locally. In response to the outbreak, federal and state authorities in the United States introduced various measures to try to limit or slow the spread of the virus, including travel restrictions, nonessential business closures, stay-at-home orders, and strict social distancing. The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown and rapidly evolving. It has caused substantial disruption in international and U.S. economies, markets, and employment. The COVID-19 pandemic may have a significant adverse impact on certain industries Trustmark serves, including restaurants and food services, hotels, retail and energy.

 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act), a stimulus package intended to provide relief to businesses and consumers in the United States struggling as a result of the pandemic, was signed into law. Section 4013 of the CARES Act also addressed COVID-19-related modifications and specified that COVID-19-related modifications executed between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of (i) 60 days after the date of termination of the national emergency declared by the President and (ii) December 31, 2020, on loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 are not TDRs. Additionally, under guidance from the federal banking agencies, other short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief are not TDRs under ASC Subtopic 310-40. These modifications include short-term (e.g., up to six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant.  Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented.  Through April 23, 2020, Trustmark modified 1,978 individual loans with aggregate principal balances totaling $976.2 million. More of these types of modifications are likely to be executed in the second quarter of 2020. Commercial concessions were primarily either interest only for 90 days or full payment deferrals for 90 days.  Consumer concessions were 90-day full payment deferrals.

 

Because of the significant uncertainties related to the ultimate duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its potential effects on customers and prospects, and on the national and local economy as a whole, there can be no assurances as to how the crisis may ultimately affect Trustmark’s loan portfolio.  It is unknown how long the adverse conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic will last and what the complete financial effect will be to Trustmark.  It is reasonably possible that estimates made in the financial statements could be materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of these conditions, including expected credit losses on loans and off-balance sheet credit exposures.  

 

8


 

Note 2 – Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” was adopted by Trustmark on January 1, 2020.  ASU 2016-13 introduces the current expected credit losses methodology for estimating allowances for credit losses. ASU 2016-13 applies to all financial instruments carried at amortized cost, including securities held to maturity, and makes targeted improvements to the accounting for credit losses on securities available for sale.

Under ASU 2016-13, the allowance for credit losses is an estimate measured using relevant information about past events, including historical credit loss experience on financial assets with similar risk characteristics, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the financial assets.

In order to comply with ASU 2016-13, Trustmark conducted a review of its investment portfolio and determined that for certain classes of securities it would be appropriate to assume the expected credit loss to be zero.  This zero-credit loss assumption applies to debt issuances of the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the United States government.  The reasons behind the adoption of the zero-credit loss assumption are as follows:

 

High credit rating

 

Long history with no credit losses

 

Guaranteed by a sovereign entity

 

Widely recognized as “risk-free rate”

 

Can print its own currency

 

Currency is routinely held by central banks, used in international commerce, and commonly viewed as reserve currency

 

Currently under the U.S. Government conservatorship or receivership

Trustmark will continuously monitor any changes in economic conditions, credit downgrades, changes to explicit or implicit guarantees granted to certain debt issuers, and any other relevant information that would indicate potential credit deterioration and prompt Trustmark to reconsider its zero-credit loss assumption.

At the date of adoption, Trustmark’s estimated allowance for credit losses on securities available for sale and held to maturity under ASU 2016-13 was deemed immaterial due to the composition of these portfolios. Both portfolios consist primarily of U.S. government agency guaranteed mortgage-backed securities for which the risk of loss is minimal. Therefore, Trustmark did not recognize a cumulative effect adjustment through retained earnings related to the available for sale or held to maturity securities.

Securities Available for Sale

ASU 2016-13 makes targeted improvements to the accounting for credit losses on securities available for sale.  The concept of other-than-temporarily impaired has been replaced with the allowance for credit losses.  Unlike securities held to maturity, securities available for sale are evaluated on an individual level and pooling of securities is not allowed.  

Quarterly, Trustmark evaluates if any security has a fair value less than its amortized cost.  Once these securities are identified, in order to determine whether a decline in fair value resulted from a credit loss or other factors, Trustmark performs further analysis as outlined below:

Review the extent to which the fair value is less than the amortized cost and observe the security’s lowest credit rating as reported by third-party credit ratings companies.

The securities that violate the credit loss triggers above would be subjected to additional analysis that may include, but is not limited to: changes in market interest rates, changes in securities credit ratings, security type, service area economic factors, financial performance of the issuer/or obligor of the underlying issue and third-party guarantee.

If Trustmark determines that a credit loss exists, the credit portion of the allowance will be measured using a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis using the effective interest rate as of the security’s purchase date. The amount of credit loss Trustmark records will be limited to the amount by which the amortized cost exceeds the fair value.

9


 

The DCF analysis utilizes contractual maturities, as well as third-party credit ratings and cumulative default rates published annually by Moody’s Investor Service.

At March 31, 2020, the results of the analysis did not identify any securities that violate the credit loss triggers; therefore, no DCF analysis was performed and no credit loss was recognized on any of the securities available for sale.  

Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of credit losses for securities available for sale.  At March 31, 2020, accrued interest receivable totaled $4.5 million for securities available for sale and was reported in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Securities Held to Maturity

ASU 2016-13 requires institutions to measure expected credit losses on financial assets carried at amortized cost on a collective or pool basis when similar risks exist.  Trustmark uses several levels of segmentation in order to measure expected credit losses:

 

The portfolio is segmented into agency and non-agency securities.

 

The non-agency securities are separated into municipal, mortgage, and corporate securities.

Each individual segment is categorized by third-party credit ratings.  

As discussed above, Trustmark has determined that for certain classes of securities it would be appropriate to assume the expected credit loss to be zero, which include debt issuances of the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the United States government. This assumption will be reviewed and attested to quarterly.  Trustmark is using an internally built model to verify the accuracy of third-party provided calculations.  

At March 31, 2020, Trustmark’s securities held to maturity totaled $704.3 million.  The potential credit loss exposure was $31.6 million and consisted of municipal securities.  After applying appropriate probability of default and loss given default assumptions, the total amount of current expected credit losses was deemed immaterial.  Therefore, no reserve was recorded at March 31, 2020.  

Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of credit losses for securities held to maturity.  At March 31, 2020, accrued interest receivable totaled $1.7 million for securities held to maturity and was reported in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

At March 31, 2020, Trustmark had no securities held to maturity that were past due 30 days or more as to principal or interest payments.  Trustmark had no securities held to maturity classified as nonaccrual at March 31, 2020.  

Trustmark monitors the credit quality of securities held to maturity on a monthly basis through credit ratings.  The following table presents the amortized cost of Trustmark’s securities held to maturity by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at March 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

Amortized Cost

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

Aaa

 

$

672,519

 

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

26,208

 

Not Rated (1)

 

 

5,549

 

Total

 

$

704,276

 

 

(1) Not rated securities primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations.

 

 

10


 

The following tables are a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

March 31, 2020

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

21,704

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

(592

)

 

$

21,190

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

23,084

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,572

 

 

 

31,758

 

 

 

383

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

32,100

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

70,106

 

 

 

1,868

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

71,971

 

 

 

10,492

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,993

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

949,400

 

 

 

18,854

 

 

 

(925

)

 

 

967,329

 

 

 

91,971

 

 

 

1,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,536

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

615,004

 

 

 

19,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

634,075

 

 

 

463,175

 

 

 

21,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

485,023

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

112,554

 

 

 

3,109

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

115,642

 

 

 

106,880

 

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

109,789

 

Total

 

$

1,791,852

 

 

$

43,468

 

 

$

(1,541

)

 

$

1,833,779

 

 

$

704,276

 

 

$

27,212

 

 

$

(47

)

 

$

731,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

22,965

 

 

$

69

 

 

$

(707

)

 

$

22,327

 

 

$

3,781

 

 

$

220

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,001

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

24,952

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,465

 

 

 

31,781

 

 

 

434

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

32,162

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

69,196

 

 

 

425

 

 

 

(369

)

 

 

69,252

 

 

 

10,820

 

 

 

266

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

11,076

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

714,350

 

 

 

2,171

 

 

 

(3,165

)

 

 

713,356

 

 

 

96,631

 

 

 

286

 

 

 

(370

)

 

 

96,547

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

656,162

 

 

 

3,777

 

 

 

(1,713

)

 

 

658,226

 

 

 

485,324

 

 

 

7,026

 

 

 

(656

)

 

 

491,694

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

113,359

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

(206

)

 

 

113,778

 

 

 

109,762

 

 

 

1,042

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

110,722

 

Total

 

$

1,600,984

 

 

$

7,580

 

 

$

(6,160

)

 

$

1,602,404

 

 

$

738,099

 

 

$

9,274

 

 

$

(1,171

)

 

$

746,202

 

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million ($28.8 million, net of tax).  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At March 31, 2020, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying balance sheet totaled approximately $11.2 million ($8.4 million, net of tax) compared to approximately $12.1 million ($9.1 million, net of tax) at December 31, 2019.

11


 

The tables below include securities with gross unrealized losses for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded and segregated by length of impairment at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

March 31, 2020

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

3,245

 

 

$

(23

)

 

$

12,708

 

 

$

(569

)

 

$

15,953

 

 

$

(592

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,217

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

6,217

 

 

 

(41

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

65

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

774

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

839

 

 

 

(3

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

17,254

 

 

 

(136

)

 

 

55,755

 

 

 

(789

)

 

 

73,009

 

 

 

(925

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

8,468

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

672

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

9,140

 

 

 

(27

)

Total

 

$

29,032

 

 

$

(177

)

 

$

76,126

 

 

$

(1,411

)

 

$

105,158

 

 

$

(1,588

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

6,585

 

 

$

(105

)

 

$

12,886

 

 

$

(602

)

 

$

19,471

 

 

$

(707

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,216

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

6,216

 

 

 

(53

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

23,544

 

 

 

(107

)

 

 

18,529

 

 

 

(272

)

 

 

42,073

 

 

 

(379

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

112,879

 

 

 

(230

)

 

 

278,120

 

 

 

(3,305

)

 

 

390,999

 

 

 

(3,535

)

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

158,341

 

 

 

(738

)

 

 

151,271

 

 

 

(1,631

)

 

 

309,612

 

 

 

(2,369

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

51,312

 

 

 

(167

)

 

 

14,155

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

65,467

 

 

 

(288

)

Total

 

$

352,661

 

 

$

(1,347

)

 

$

481,177

 

 

$

(5,984

)

 

$

833,838

 

 

$

(7,331

)

The unrealized losses shown above are due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality.  Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity. Prior to the adoption of FASB ASU 2016-13, Trustmark did not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2019.  There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the three months ended 2019.

Security Gains and Losses

During the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no gross realized gains or losses as a result of calls and dispositions of securities.  Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as security gains (losses), net.

Securities Pledged

Securities with a carrying value of $1.924 billion and $1.770 billion at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and securities sold under repurchase agreements and for other purposes as permitted by law.  At both March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, none of these securities were pledged under the Federal Reserve Discount Window program to provide additional contingency funding capacity.  

12


 

Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands).  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

 

 

Securities

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

20,505

 

 

$

20,617

 

 

$

5,079

 

 

$

5,115

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

1,304

 

 

 

1,317

 

 

 

26,679

 

 

 

26,985

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

2,499

 

 

 

2,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due after ten years

 

 

20,480

 

 

 

20,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,788

 

 

 

44,762

 

 

 

31,758

 

 

 

32,100

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,747,064

 

 

 

1,789,017

 

 

 

672,518

 

 

 

699,341

 

Total

 

$

1,791,852

 

 

$

1,833,779

 

 

$

704,276

 

 

$

731,441

 

 

 

 

 

Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI

Trustmark adopted the amendments of FASB ASU 2016-13, on January 1, 2020.  The amendments of ASU 2016-13 created FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses,” which, among other things, replace much of the guidance and disclosures previously provided in FASB ASC Topic 310, “Receivables.”  The guidance in FASB ASC Topic 326 replaces the incurred loss methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit losses.  In accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 326-20, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses – Measured at Amortized Cost,” Trustmark has developed an allowance for credit losses (ACL) methodology effective January 1, 2020, which replaces its previous allowance for loan losses methodology.  See the section captioned “Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)” within this note for additional information regarding Trustmark’s ACL.  Trustmark adopted FASB ASC Topic 326 using the modified retrospective approach prescribed by the amendments of ASU 2016-13; therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

486,265

 

 

$

1,162,791

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

584,981

 

 

 

1,855,913

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,575,422

 

 

 

2,475,245

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

838,573

 

 

 

724,480

 

Other loans secured by real estate: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

650,124

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,267,084

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,476,777

 

 

 

1,477,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

173,678

 

 

 

175,738

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

938,637

 

 

 

967,944

 

Other commercial loans (1)

 

 

576,379

 

 

 

495,621

 

LHFI

 

 

9,567,920

 

 

 

9,335,628

 

Less ACL

 

 

100,564

 

 

 

84,277

 

Net LHFI

 

$

9,467,356

 

 

$

9,251,351

 

13


 

(1)

In accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 326, Trustmark redefined its LHFI portfolio segments and related loan classes based on the level at which risk is monitored within the ACL methodology. The other loans secured by real estate portfolio segment and related loan classes were separated from the loans secured by real estate portfolio segment. The other construction loans were segregated from the construction, land development and other land loans. The other loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties were segregated from the loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties and the loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties were redefined in the other loans secured by real estate portfolio segment. Other loans were redefined as other commercial loans.

 

Accrued interest receivable is not included in the amortized cost basis of Trustmark’s LHFI.  At March 31, 2020, accrued interest receivable for LHFI totaled $30.8 million with no related ACL and was reported in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Loan Concentrations

Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI.  At March 31, 2020, Trustmark’s geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

Nonaccrual and Past Due LHFI

Past due LHFI are loans contractually past due 30 days or more as to principal or interest payments.  A LHFI is classified as nonaccrual, and the accrual of interest on such loan is discontinued, when the contractual payment of principal or interest becomes 90 days past due on commercial credits and 120 days past due on non-business purpose credits.  In addition, a credit may be placed on nonaccrual at any other time Management has serious doubts about further collectibility of principal or interest according to the contractual terms, even though the loan is currently performing.  A LHFI may remain in accrual status if it is in the process of collection and well secured.  When a LHFI is placed in nonaccrual status, interest accrued but not received is reversed against interest income.  Interest payments received on nonaccrual LHFI are applied against principal under the cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status.  Under the cost-recovery method, interest income is not recognized until the principal balance is reduced to zero.  LHFI are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current or has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on nonaccrual LHFI for each of the periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of loans on nonaccrual status and loans past due 90 days or more still accruing interest as of March 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Nonaccrual With No ACL

 

 

Total Nonaccrual

 

 

Loans Past Due 90 Days or More Still Accruing

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

586

 

 

$

950

 

 

$

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

519

 

 

 

4,991

 

 

 

40

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

5,476

 

 

 

7,323

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

65

 

 

 

1,076

 

 

 

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

12,466

 

 

 

306

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

18,988

 

 

 

21,156

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

296

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

66

 

Total

 

$

27,138

 

 

$

52,992

 

 

$

708

 

14


 

The following table provides an aging analysis of the amortized cost basis of past due LHFI at March 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More

 

 

Total Past Due

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

389

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

178

 

 

$

697

 

 

$

485,568

 

 

$

486,265

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

3,365

 

 

 

1,137

 

 

 

943

 

 

 

5,445

 

 

 

579,536

 

 

 

584,981

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,583

 

 

 

1,048

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

2,572,508

 

 

 

2,575,422

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

 

354

 

 

 

509

 

 

 

838,064

 

 

 

838,573

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

650,121

 

 

 

650,124

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

2,822

 

 

 

3,335

 

 

 

4,324

 

 

 

10,481

 

 

 

1,256,603

 

 

 

1,267,084

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,595

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

1,543

 

 

 

3,465

 

 

 

1,473,312

 

 

 

1,476,777

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,608

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

2,207

 

 

 

171,471

 

 

 

173,678

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

934,558

 

 

 

938,637

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

454

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

1,003

 

 

 

575,376

 

 

 

576,379

 

Total

 

$

11,974

 

 

$

6,348

 

 

$

12,481

 

 

$

30,803

 

 

$

9,537,117

 

 

$

9,567,920

 

 

The following table provides an aging analysis of past due and nonaccrual LHFI by loan class at December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

380

 

 

$

256

 

 

$

 

 

$

636

 

 

$

897

 

 

$

1,161,258

 

 

$

1,162,791

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

5,254

 

 

 

940

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

6,405

 

 

 

16,810

 

 

 

1,832,698

 

 

 

1,855,913

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

1,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,698

 

 

 

7,700

 

 

 

2,465,847

 

 

 

2,475,245

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

723,440

 

 

 

724,480

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

617

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

668

 

 

 

21,775

 

 

 

1,455,453

 

 

 

1,477,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,208

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

2,980

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

172,650

 

 

 

175,738

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

963,789

 

 

 

967,944

 

Other loans

 

 

152

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

494,640

 

 

 

495,621

 

Total

 

$

10,393

 

 

$

1,592

 

 

$

642

 

 

$

12,627

 

 

$

53,226

 

 

$

9,269,775

 

 

$

9,335,628

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

Impaired LHFI

Prior to the adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326, Trustmark’s individually evaluated impaired LHFI included all commercial nonaccrual relationships of $500 thousand or more, which were specifically reviewed for impairment and deemed impaired, and all LHFI classified as TDRs in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 310-10-50-20 “Impaired Loans.”  Once a LHFI was deemed to be impaired, the full difference between book value and the most likely estimate of the collateral’s net realizable value was charged off or a specific reserve was established.

No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on impaired LHFI for the period ended March 31, 2019.

15


 

At December 31, 2019, individually evaluated impaired LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

 

With No Related

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

With an

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

Total

Recorded Investment

 

 

Related

Allowance

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

926

 

 

$

610

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

626

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,089

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

6,513

 

 

 

2,104

 

 

 

3,360

 

 

 

5,464

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

4,713

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

7,295

 

 

 

1,462

 

 

 

5,255

 

 

 

6,717

 

 

 

2,355

 

 

 

8,096

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

27,178

 

 

 

19,374

 

 

 

4,084

 

 

 

23,458

 

 

 

707

 

 

 

27,088

 

Consumer loans

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

1,809

 

 

 

6,337

 

Other loans

 

 

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

784

 

 

 

784

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

1,033

 

Total

 

$

47,289

 

 

$

23,550

 

 

$

17,667

 

 

$

41,217

 

 

$

5,459

 

 

$

48,525

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A TDR occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider.  Whatever the form of concession that might be granted by Trustmark, Management’s objective is to enhance collectibility by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it.  Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law.  In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.

At March 31, 2020 and 2019, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $26.5 million and $30.2 million, respectively, and were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time and credits renewed at a rate that was not commensurate with that of new debt with similar risk which totaled $18.3 million and $24.8 million at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  The remaining TDRs at March 31, 2020 and 2019 resulted from bankruptcies or from payment or maturity extensions.  Trustmark had $10.7 million of unused commitments on TDRs at March 31, 2020 compared to $4.4 million of unused commitments on TDRs at March 31, 2019.  

At March 31, 2020, TDRs had a related ACL of $210 thousand, compared to a related allowance for loan loss of $2.8 million at March 31, 2019, and resulted in charge-offs of $2.2 million and $43 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table illustrates the impact of modifications classified as TDRs for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

5

 

 

$

501

 

 

$

501

 

 

 

2

 

 

$

86

 

 

$

86

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

9,054

 

 

 

9,054

 

Consumer loans

 

 

4

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

Total

 

 

11

 

 

$

2,103

 

 

$

2,103

 

 

 

10

 

 

$

9,170

 

 

$

9,170

 

 

16


 

The table below includes the balances at default for TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

22

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

3

 

 

 

446

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

684

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

3

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

15,178

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

28

 

Total

 

 

6

 

 

$

640

 

 

 

12

 

 

$

15,912

 

 

Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest-only for an extended period of time and credits renewed at a rate that was not commensurate with that of new debt with similar risk rather than from forgiveness.  Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure.  Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.

The following tables detail LHFI classified as TDRs by loan class at March 31, 2020 and 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

14

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

3,672

 

 

 

3,672

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

2,899

 

 

 

2,899

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

2,640

 

 

 

17,103

 

 

 

19,743

 

Consumer loans

 

 

17

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

40

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

125

 

Total TDRs

 

$

2,657

 

 

$

23,836

 

 

$

26,493

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2019

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

22

 

 

$

22

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

58

 

 

 

3,098

 

 

 

3,156

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

339

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

13,786

 

 

 

12,380

 

 

 

26,166

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

31

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

518

 

 

 

518

 

Total TDRs

 

$

13,844

 

 

$

16,388

 

 

$

30,232

 

 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act), a stimulus package intended to provide relief to businesses and consumers in the United States struggling as a result of the pandemic, was signed into law. Section 4013 of the CARES Act also addressed COVID-19- related modifications and specified that COVID-19- related modifications executed between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of (i) 60 days after the date of termination of the national emergency declared by the President and (ii) December 31, 2020, on loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 are not TDRs. Additionally, under guidance from the federal banking agencies, other short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief are not TDRs under ASC Subtopic 310-40. These modifications include short-term (e.g., up to six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant.  Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented.  Trustmark modified 503 individual loans with aggregate principal balances totaling $344.3 million through March 31, 2020 without treating such modifications as TDRs.  Commercial concessions were primarily either interest only for 90 days or full payment deferrals for 90 days.  Consumer concessions were 90-day full payment deferrals.

17


 

Collateral-Dependent Loans

The following table presents the amortized cost basis of collateral-dependent loans by class of loans and collateral type as of March 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

Equipment and

Machinery

 

 

Inventory and Receivables

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land

 

$

1,804

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,804

 

Other secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

519

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

12,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,054

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,504

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

115

 

 

 

873

 

 

 

8,970

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

8,888

 

 

 

19,067

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

748

 

Total

 

$

20,763

 

 

$

873

 

 

$

8,970

 

 

$

221

 

 

$

9,013

 

 

$

39,840

 

A loan is collateral dependent when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially through the sale of the collateral.  The following provides a qualitative description by class of loan of the collateral that secures Trustmark’s collateral-dependent LHFI:

 

Loans secured by real estate – Loans within these loan classes are secured by liens on real estate properties. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

 

Other loans secured by real estate – Loans within these loan classes are secured by liens on real estate properties. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

 

Commercial and industrial loans – Loans within this loan class are primarily secured by inventory, accounts, equipment and other non-real estate collateral. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

 

State and other political subdivision loans – Loans within this loan class are secured by liens on real estate properties. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

 

Other loans - Loans within this loan class are secured by liens on real estate properties or priority status of a UCC agreement for non-real estate collateral. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

Credit Quality Indicators

Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio credit quality indicators focus on six key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances.  The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses.  Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are primarily composed of commercial loans.

18


 

In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indicators, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified.  As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio segment as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, underwriting, collateral documentation and compliance with law as shown below:

 

Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content and completeness and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits.  Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to insure compliance with policy.

 

Underwriting – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within loan policy requirements.  A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled.  Total policy exceptions measure the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a portfolio segment.

 

Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and substantiate collateral value.  Collateral exceptions measure the level of documentation exceptions within a portfolio segment.  Collateral exceptions occur when certain collateral documentation is either not present or not current.

 

Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations.  Primary emphasis is directed to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Regulation O requirements and regulations governing appraisals.

Commercial Credits

Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades.  Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:

 

Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to criticism as defined in regulatory guidance.  Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan.  In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.

 

Other Assets Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating.  This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.

 

Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined.  This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at the time of evaluation or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness.  Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.

 

Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment.  Generally, these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit.  The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.

 

Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.

By definition, credit risk grades special mention (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans.  These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution.  The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.

To enhance this process, Trustmark has determined that loans will be individually assessed, and a formal analysis will be performed and based upon the analysis the loan will be written down to net realizable value.  Trustmark will individually assess and remove loans from the pool in the following circumstances:

 

Commercial nonaccrual loans with total exposure of $500 thousand (excluding those portions of the debt that are government guaranteed or are secured by Trustmark deposits or marketable securities) or more.  

19


 

 

Commercial accruing substandard loans with total exposure of $1.0 million (excluding those portions of the debt that are government guaranteed or are secured by Trustmark deposits or marketable securities) or more will be reviewed on an individual basis to determine if the risk characteristics of the loan are indictive of the rest of the loan pool.  Any loan that is believed to not share similar risk characteristics with the rest of the pool will be individually assessed.  Otherwise, the loan will be left within the pool based on the results of the assessment.

 

Commercial accruing loans deemed to be a TDR with total exposure of $500 thousand (excluding those portions of the debt that are government guaranteed or are secured by Trustmark deposits or marketable securities) or more.  If the loan is believed to not share similar risk characteristics with the rest of the loan pool, the loan will be individually assessed.  Otherwise, the loan will be left within the pool and monitored on an ongoing basis.

Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis.  Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of Trustmark’s commercial loan portfolio both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan class as well as the adherence to Trustmark’s loan policy and the loan administration process.  In general, Asset Review conducts reviews of each lending area within a six- to eighteen-month window depending on the overall credit quality results of the individual area.

In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs a review of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual.  This review includes recommendations regarding risk ratings, accrual status, charge-offs and appropriate servicing officer as well as evaluation of problem credits for determination of TDRs.  Quarterly, the Credit Quality Review Committee reviews and modifies continuous action plans for all credits risk rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more.

 

In addition, a semi-annual review of significant development, commercial construction, multi-family and nonowner-occupied projects is performed.  This review assesses each particular project with respect to location, project valuations, progress of completion, leasing status, current financial information, rents, operating expenses, cash flow, adherence to budget and projections and other information as applicable.  Summary results are reviewed by Senior and Regional Credit Officers in addition to the Chief Credit Officer with a determination made as to the appropriateness of existing risk ratings and accrual status.

Consumer Credits

Consumer LHFI that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management.  The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score by region, individual location, and officer to ensure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans. 

Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer LHFI on a daily basis through its collection activities.  A detailed assessment of consumer LHFI delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting. 

20


 

The tables below present the amortized cost basis of loans by credit quality indicator and class of loans based on the most recent analysis performed ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

Commercial LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

77,319

 

 

$

223,340

 

 

$

54,232

 

 

$

7,319

 

 

$

4,228

 

 

$

6,771

 

 

$

36,843

 

 

$

410,052

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

1,299

 

 

 

1,190

 

 

 

423

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,676

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Total

 

 

78,618

 

 

 

224,530

 

 

 

54,655

 

 

 

7,358

 

 

 

4,908

 

 

 

6,858

 

 

 

36,843

 

 

 

413,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

7,746

 

 

$

32,807

 

 

$

25,192

 

 

$

13,745

 

 

$

14,504

 

 

$

10,639

 

 

$

11,512

 

 

$

116,145

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

284

 

 

 

4,016

 

 

 

1,119

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

486

 

 

 

849

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

7,112

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

Total

 

 

8,030

 

 

 

36,952

 

 

 

26,311

 

 

 

13,989

 

 

 

14,990

 

 

 

11,488

 

 

 

11,626

 

 

 

123,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

132,966

 

 

$

542,615

 

 

$

495,056

 

 

$

407,125

 

 

$

350,006

 

 

$

474,906

 

 

$

118,137

 

 

$

2,520,811

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,566

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

4,148

 

 

 

14,888

 

 

 

1,859

 

 

 

4,587

 

 

 

9,202

 

 

 

12,885

 

 

 

1,053

 

 

 

48,622

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

 

 

 

401

 

Total

 

 

137,174

 

 

 

558,243

 

 

 

496,915

 

 

 

411,712

 

 

 

359,208

 

 

 

492,958

 

 

 

119,190

 

 

 

2,575,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

18,032

 

 

$

180,641

 

 

$

269,166

 

 

$

177,386

 

 

$

136,620

 

 

$

40,741

 

 

$

12,561

 

 

$

835,147

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

1,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

398

 

 

 

843

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,742

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

18,032

 

 

 

180,838

 

 

 

270,470

 

 

 

177,386

 

 

 

137,018

 

 

 

41,584

 

 

 

12,561

 

 

 

837,889

 

 

21


 

 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

Commercial LHFI

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

20,369

 

 

$

359,717

 

 

$

203,819

 

 

$

24,199

 

 

$

23,154

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,645

 

 

$

635,903

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,221

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

20,369

 

 

 

359,717

 

 

 

218,040

 

 

 

24,199

 

 

 

23,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,645

 

 

 

650,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

175,477

 

 

$

294,301

 

 

$

146,947

 

 

$

115,358

 

 

$

85,992

 

 

$

59,924

 

 

$

540,814

 

 

$

1,418,813

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

8,103

 

 

 

2,336

 

 

 

19,042

 

 

 

864

 

 

 

724

 

 

 

2,641

 

 

 

23,416

 

 

 

57,126

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

17

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

838

 

Total

 

 

183,597

 

 

 

297,177

 

 

 

165,989

 

 

 

116,222

 

 

 

86,985

 

 

 

62,569

 

 

 

564,238

 

 

 

1,476,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

30,645

 

 

$

134,410

 

 

$

76,100

 

 

$

124,088

 

 

$

147,560

 

 

$

415,156

 

 

$

805

 

 

$

928,764

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,650

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,223

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

30,645

 

 

 

134,410

 

 

 

76,100

 

 

 

124,472

 

 

 

147,560

 

 

 

424,645

 

 

 

805

 

 

 

938,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

37,485

 

 

$

90,436

 

 

$

35,815

 

 

$

15,742

 

 

$

58,816

 

 

$

55,347

 

 

$

267,500

 

 

$

561,141

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

2,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,995

 

 

 

5,023

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

698

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

1,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,747

 

 

 

10,103

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

112

 

Total

 

 

37,485

 

 

 

92,852

 

 

 

36,513

 

 

 

15,836

 

 

 

60,081

 

 

 

55,370

 

 

 

278,242

 

 

 

576,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial LHFI

 

$

513,950

 

 

$

1,884,719

 

 

$

1,344,993

 

 

$

891,174

 

 

$

833,904

 

 

$

1,095,472

 

 

$

1,028,150

 

 

$

7,592,362

 

 

 

22


 

 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

Consumer LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

4,470

 

 

$

44,148

 

 

$

14,499

 

 

$

2,531

 

 

$

1,992

 

 

$

4,557

 

 

$

 

 

$

72,197

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

Total

 

 

4,470

 

 

 

44,148

 

 

 

14,563

 

 

 

2,583

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

4,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

5,636

 

 

$

24,558

 

 

$

17,083

 

 

$

5,225

 

 

$

2,833

 

 

$

17,902

 

 

$

380,934

 

 

$

454,171

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

1,384

 

 

 

1,870

 

 

 

3,619

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

41

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

83

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

 

 

 

678

 

 

 

2,306

 

 

 

3,764

 

Total

 

 

5,719

 

 

 

24,767

 

 

 

17,405

 

 

 

5,703

 

 

 

2,891

 

 

 

19,966

 

 

 

385,144

 

 

 

461,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

 

 

$

16

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

60

 

 

$

 

 

$

47

 

 

$

47

 

 

$

111

 

 

$

419

 

 

$

 

 

$

684

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

 

 

 

684

 

 


23


 

 

 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

Consumer LHFI

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

42,174

 

 

$

253,904

 

 

$

251,953

 

 

$

128,603

 

 

$

140,848

 

 

$

431,984

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,249,466

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

2,649

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,846

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

305

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

630

 

 

 

2,252

 

 

 

788

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

8,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,467

 

Total

 

 

42,174

 

 

 

254,901

 

 

 

257,002

 

 

 

129,514

 

 

 

141,097

 

 

 

442,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,267,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

23,790

 

 

$

53,753

 

 

$

25,875

 

 

$

10,148

 

 

$

2,751

 

 

$

1,390

 

 

$

53,694

 

 

$

171,401

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

425

 

 

 

469

 

 

 

313

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

561

 

 

 

1,897

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

21

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

296

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

Total

 

 

24,236

 

 

 

54,251

 

 

 

26,227

 

 

 

10,264

 

 

 

2,786

 

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

54,507

 

 

 

173,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consumer LHFI

 

$

76,659

 

 

$

378,067

 

 

$

315,244

 

 

$

148,117

 

 

$

148,906

 

 

$

468,914

 

 

$

439,651

 

 

$

1,975,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total LHFI

 

$

590,609

 

 

$

2,262,786

 

 

$

1,660,237

 

 

$

1,039,291

 

 

$

982,810

 

 

$

1,564,386

 

 

$

1,467,801

 

 

$

9,567,920

 

The table below presents LHFI by loan class and credit quality indicator at  December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

 

 

$

1,075,146

 

 

$

 

 

$

15,726

 

 

$

42

 

 

$

1,090,914

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

 

 

116,592

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

6,355

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

123,033

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

 

 

2,430,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,001

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

2,475,090

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

721,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

723,785

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

1,407,837

 

 

 

909

 

 

 

68,262

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

1,477,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

957,948

 

 

 

4,650

 

 

 

5,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

967,944

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

469,095

 

 

 

3,445

 

 

 

16,926

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

489,496

 

Total

 

 

 

$

7,178,617

 

 

$

9,049

 

 

$

159,163

 

 

$

1,329

 

 

$

7,348,158

 

 

24


 

 

 

Consumer LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

71,413

 

 

$

332

 

 

$

 

 

$

132

 

 

$

71,877

 

 

$

1,162,791

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,710,930

 

 

 

5,922

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

15,817

 

 

 

1,732,880

 

 

 

1,855,913

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

2,475,245

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

695

 

 

 

724,480

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,477,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

172,649

 

 

 

2,588

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

175,738

 

 

 

175,738

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

967,944

 

Other loans

 

 

6,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,125

 

 

 

495,621

 

Total

 

$

1,961,967

 

 

$

8,842

 

 

$

604

 

 

$

16,057

 

 

$

1,987,470

 

 

$

9,335,628

 

Past Due LHFS

LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $43.6 million and $41.6 million at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.  LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).  GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer’s option and without GNMA’s prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100% of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2020 or 2019.

Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI (ACL)

Trustmark’s ACL methodology for LHFI is based upon guidance within FASB ASC Subtopic 326-20 as well as regulatory guidance from its primary regulator.  The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans.  Credit quality within the LHFI portfolio is continuously monitored by Management and is reflected within the ACL for loans.  The ACL is an estimate of expected losses inherent within Trustmark’s existing LHFI portfolio.  The ACL for LHFI is adjusted through the provision for credit losses (PCL) and reduced by the charge off of loan amounts, net of recoveries.  

The loan loss estimation process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique characteristics of Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio segments.  These segments are further disaggregated into loan classes, the level at which credit risk is monitored.  When computing allowance levels, credit loss assumptions are estimated using a model that categorizes loan pools based on loss history, delinquency status and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts about the future.  Evaluations of the portfolio and individual credits are inherently subjective, as they require estimates, assumptions and judgments as to the facts and circumstances of particular situations.  Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgement by Management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.  In future periods, evaluations of the overall LHFI portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance and credit loss expense.

Trustmark estimates the ACL using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts including the COVID-19 pandemic effects.  Trustmark uses a third-party software application to calculate the quantitative portion of the ACL using a methodology and assumptions specific to each loan pool.  The qualitative portion of the allowance is based on general economic conditions and other internal and external factors affecting Trustmark as a whole as well as specific LHFI.  Factors considered include the following:  lending policies and procedures, economic

25


 

conditions and concentrations of credit, nature and volume of the portfolio, performance trends, and external factors.  The quantitative and qualitative portions of the allowance are added together to determine the total allowance for credit losses, which reflects Management’s expectations of future conditions based on reasonable and supportable forecasts.

The methodology for estimating the amount of expected credit losses reported in the ACL has two basic components: a collective, or pooled, component for estimated expected credit losses for pools of loans that share similar risk characteristics, and an asset-specific component involving individual loans that do not share risk characteristics with other loans and the measurement of expected credit losses for such individual loans.  In estimating the allowance for credit losses for the collective component, loans are segregated into loan pools based on loan product types and similar risk characteristics.

The loans secured by real estate and other loans secured by real estate portfolio segments include loans for both commercial and residential properties.  The underwriting process for these loans includes analysis of the financial position and strength of both the borrower and guarantor, experience with similar projects in the past, market demand and prospects for successful completion of the proposed project within the established budget and schedule, values of underlying collateral, availability of permanent financing, maximum loan-to-value ratios, minimum equity requirements, acceptable amortization periods and minimum debt service coverage requirements, based on property type.  The borrower’s financial strength and capacity to repay their obligations remain the primary focus of underwriting.  Financial strength is evaluated based upon analytical tools that consider historical and projected cash flows and performance in addition to analysis of the proposed project for income-producing properties.  Additional support offered by guarantors is also considered.  Ultimate repayment of these loans is sensitive to interest rate changes, general economic conditions, liquidity and availability of long-term financing.

The commercial and industrial LHFI portfolio segment includes commercial loans made to many types of businesses for various purposes, such as short-term working capital loans that are usually secured by accounts receivable and inventory, equipment and fixed asset purchases that are secured by those assets and term financing for those within Trustmark’s geographic markets.  Trustmark’s credit underwriting process for commercial and industrial loans includes analysis of historical and projected cash flows and performance, evaluation of financial strength of both borrowers and guarantors as reflected in current and detailed financial information and evaluation of underlying collateral to support the credit.

The consumer LHFI portfolio segment is comprised of loans which are underwritten after evaluating a borrower’s capacity, credit and collateral.  Several factors are considered when assessing a borrower’s capacity, including the borrower’s employment, income, current debt, assets and level of equity in the property.  Credit is assessed using a credit report that provides credit scores and the borrower’s current and past information about their credit history.  Property appraisals are obtained to assist in evaluating collateral.  Loan-to-value and debt-to-income ratios, loan amount and lien position are also considered in assessing whether to originate a loan.  These borrowers are particularly susceptible to downturns in economic trends such as conditions that negatively affect housing prices and demand and levels of unemployment.

The state and other political subdivision LHFI and the other commercial LHFI portfolio segments primarily consist of loans to non-depository financial institutions, such as mortgage companies, finance companies and other financial intermediaries, loans to state and political subdivisions, and loans to non-profit and charitable organizations.  These loans are underwritten based on the specific nature or purpose of the loan and underlying collateral with special consideration given to the specific source of repayment for the loan.

26


 

The following table provides a description of each of Trustmark’s portfolio segments, loan classes, loan pools and the ACL methodology and loss drivers:

 

Portfolio Segment

 

Loan Class

 

Loan Pool

 

Methodology

 

Loss Drivers

Loans secured by real estate

 

Construction, land

   development and other land

 

1-4 family residential

   construction

 

DCF

 

Prime Rate, National GDP

 

 

 

 

Lots and development

 

DCF

 

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

 

 

Unimproved land

 

DCF

 

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

Other secured by 1-4

   family residential

   properties

 

Consumer 1-4 family - 1st liens

 

DCF

 

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

Nonowner-occupied -

   hotel/motel

 

DCF

 

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

 

 

Nonowner-occupied - office

 

DCF

 

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

 

 

Nonowner-occupied- Retail

 

DCF

 

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

 

 

Nonowner-occupied - senior

   living/nursing homes

 

DCF

 

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

 

 

Nonowner-occupied -

   all other

 

DCF

 

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

Other real estate secured

 

Nonresidential nonowner

   -occupied - apartments

 

DCF

 

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential owner-occupied

 

DCF

 

Southern Unemployment, National GDP

Other loans secured by

   real estate

 

Other construction

 

Other construction

 

WARM

 

Prime Rate, National Unemployment

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

Trustmark mortgage

 

WARM

 

Southern Unemployment

Commercial and

   industrial loans

 

Commercial and

   industrial loans

 

Commercial and industrial -

   non-working capital

 

DCF

 

Trustmark historical data

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial -

   working capital

 

DCF

 

Trustmark historical data

Consumer loans

 

Consumer loans

 

Credit cards

 

WARM

 

Trustmark call report data

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

Loss Rate

 

Trustmark historical data

 

 

 

 

All other consumer

 

DCF

 

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

State and other political

   subdivision loans

 

State and other political

   subdivision loans

 

Obligations of state and

   political subdivisions

 

DCF

 

Moody's Bond Default Study

Other commercial loans

 

Other commercial loans

 

Other loans

 

DCF

 

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

In general, Trustmark utilizes a DCF method to estimate the quantitative portion of the allowance for credit losses for loan pools.  The DCF model consists of two key components, a loss driver analysis (LDA) and a cash flow analysis.  For loan pools utilizing the DCF methodology, multiple assumptions are in place, depending on the loan pool.  A reasonable and supportable forecast is utilized for each loan pool by developing a LDA for each loan class.  The LDA uses charge off data from Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) reports to construct a periodic default rate (PDR).  The PDR is decomposed into a probability of default (PD).  Regressions are run using the data for various macroeconomic variables in order to determine which ones correlate to Trustmark’s losses.  These variables are then incorporated into the application to calculate a quarterly PD using a third-party baseline forecast.  In addition to the PD, a loss given default (LGD) is derived using a method referred to as Frye Jacobs.  The Frye Jacobs method is a mathematical formula that traces the relationship between LGD and PD over time and projects the LGD based on the levels of PD forecasts. This model approach is applicable to all pools within the construction, land development and other land, other secured by 1-4 family residential properties, secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties and other real estate secured loan classes as well as the all other consumer and other loans pools.

For the commercial and industrial loans related pools, Trustmark uses its own PD and LGD data, instead of the macroeconomic variables and the Frye Jacobs method described above, to calculate the PD and LGD as there were no defensible macroeconomic variables that correlated to Trustmark’s losses.  Trustmark utilizes a third-party Bond Default Study to derive the PD and LGD for the

27


 

obligations of state and political subdivisions pool.  Due to the lack of losses within this pool, no defensible macroeconomic factors were identified to correlate.

The PD and LGD measures are used in conjunction with prepayment data as inputs into the DCF model to calculate the cash flows at the individual loan level.  Contractual cash flows based on loan terms are adjusted for PD, LGD and prepayments to derive loss cash flows.  These loss cash flows are discounted by the loan’s coupon rate to arrive at the discounted cash flow based quantitative loss.  The prepayment studies are updated quarterly by a third-party for each applicable pool.

An alternate method of estimating the ACL is used for certain loan pools due to specific characteristics of these loans.  For the non-DCF pools, specifically, those using the weighted average remaining maturity (WARM) method, the remaining life is incorporated into the ACL quantitative calculation.

Trustmark determined that reasonable and supportable forecasts could be made for a twelve-month period for all of its loan pools.  To the extent the lives of the loans in the LHFI portfolio extend beyond this forecast period, Trustmark uses a reversion period of four quarters and reverts to the historical mean on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the loans.  For the current period, the forecast related to the macroeconomic variables used in the quantitative modeling process were adversely affected due to the impact of COVID-19, causing an overall increase in reserve levels.  

Qualitative factors used in the ACL methodology include the following:

 

Lending policies and procedures

 

Economic conditions and concentrations of credit

 

Nature and volume of the portfolio

 

Performance trends

 

External factors

While all these factors are incorporated into the overall methodology, only two are currently considered active: economic conditions and concentrations of credit and performance trends.

Two of Trustmark’s largest loan classes are the loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties and the loans secured by other real estate. Trustmark elected to create a qualitative factor specifically for these loan classes which addresses changes in the economic conditions of metropolitan areas and applies additional pool level reserves. This qualitative factor is based on third-party market data and forecast trends and is updated quarterly as information is available, by market and by loan pool.

For the performance trends factor, Trustmark uses migration analyses to allocate additional ACL to non-pass/delinquent loans within each pool. In this way, Management believes the ACL will directly reflect changes in risk, based on the performance of the loans within a pool, whether declining or improving.

The ACL for individual loans that do not share risk characteristics with other loans is measured as the difference between the discounted value of expected future cash flows, based in the effective interest rate at origination, and the amortized cost basis of the loan, or the net realizable value.  The ACL is the difference between the loan’s net realizable value and its amortized cost basis (net of previous charge-offs and deferred loan fees and costs), except for collateral-dependent loans.  A loan is collateral dependent when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially through the sale of the collateral.  The expected credit loss for collateral-dependent loans is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the fair value of the collateral, adjusted for the estimated cost to sell.  Fair value estimates for collateral-dependent loans are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or the ‘as is’ value of the collateral, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Current appraisals are ordered on an annual basis based on the inspection date or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  If the calculated expected credit loss is determined to be permanent or not recoverable, the amount of the expected credit loss is charged off.

LHFI are charged off against the ACL, with any subsequent recoveries credited back to the ACL account.  Expected recoveries may not exceed the aggregate of amounts previously charged off and expected to be charged off.  Trustmark’s loan policy dictates the guidelines to be followed in determining when a loan is charged off.  Commercial purpose LHFI are charged off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted.  Consumer LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged off or written down to the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell at no later than 180 days of delinquency.  Non-real estate consumer purpose LHFI, including both secured and unsecured loans, are generally charged off

28


 

by 120 days of delinquency.  Consumer revolving lines of credit and credit card debt are generally charged off on or prior to 180 days of delinquency.

The following table disaggregates the ACL and the amortized cost basis of the loans by the measurement methodology used at March 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

ACL

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

Individually Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Collectively Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Total ACL

 

 

Individually Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Collectively Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

9,079

 

 

$

9,079

 

 

$

1,804

 

 

 

484,461

 

 

$

486,265

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

11,711

 

 

 

11,711

 

 

 

519

 

 

 

584,462

 

 

 

584,981

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

28,127

 

 

 

28,127

 

 

 

12,054

 

 

 

2,563,368

 

 

 

2,575,422

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

5,273

 

 

 

5,273

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

838,508

 

 

 

838,573

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

7,711

 

 

 

7,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

650,124

 

 

 

650,124

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

8,042

 

 

 

8,042

 

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

1,265,580

 

 

 

1,267,084

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

26

 

 

 

14,538

 

 

 

14,564

 

 

 

19,067

 

 

 

1,457,710

 

 

 

1,476,777

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

6,596

 

 

 

6,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

173,678

 

 

 

173,678

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,809

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

3,441

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

934,558

 

 

 

938,637

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

518

 

 

 

5,502

 

 

 

6,020

 

 

 

748

 

 

 

575,631

 

 

 

576,379

 

Total

 

$

2,353

 

 

$

98,211

 

 

$

100,564

 

 

$

39,840

 

 

$

9,528,080

 

 

$

9,567,920

 

The following table disaggregates the allowance for loan losses and LHFI balances by the impairment evaluation methodology used at December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

Individually Evaluated

 

 

Collectively Evaluated

 

 

Total

 

 

Individually Evaluated

 

 

Collectively Evaluated

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

8,260

 

 

$

8,260

 

 

$

626

 

 

$

1,162,165

 

 

$

1,162,791

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

35

 

 

 

8,897

 

 

 

8,932

 

 

 

5,464

 

 

 

1,850,449

 

 

 

1,855,913

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,355

 

 

 

23,803

 

 

 

26,158

 

 

 

6,717

 

 

 

2,468,528

 

 

 

2,475,245

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

4,024

 

 

 

4,024

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

724,412

 

 

 

724,480

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

707

 

 

 

25,285

 

 

 

25,992

 

 

 

23,458

 

 

 

1,454,438

 

 

 

1,477,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

3,379

 

 

 

3,379

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

175,717

 

 

 

175,738

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,809

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

2,229

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

963,865

 

 

 

967,944

 

Other loans

 

 

553

 

 

 

4,750

 

 

 

5,303

 

 

 

784

 

 

 

494,837

 

 

 

495,621

 

Total

 

$

5,459

 

 

$

78,818

 

 

$

84,277

 

 

$

41,217

 

 

$

9,294,411

 

 

$

9,335,628

 

Changes in the ACL were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

84,277

 

 

$

79,290

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

(3,039

)

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, acquired loans transfer

 

 

815

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans ACL adjustment

 

 

1,007

 

 

 

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

(5,545

)

 

 

(4,033

)

Recoveries

 

 

2,468

 

 

 

2,137

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(1,896

)

PCL

 

 

20,581

 

 

 

1,611

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

100,564

 

 

$

79,005

 

29


 

The following table details changes in the ACL by loan class for the period presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Balance

January 1,

 

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 Adoption Adjustment

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

PCL

 

 

Balance

March 31,

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

6,371

 

 

$

(188

)

 

$

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

2,802

 

 

$

9,079

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

5,888

 

 

 

4,188

 

 

 

(64

)

 

 

63

 

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

11,711

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

26,158

 

 

 

(8,179

)

 

 

(2,448

)

 

 

61

 

 

 

12,535

 

 

 

28,127

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

4,024

 

 

 

(765

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

2,016

 

 

 

5,273

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

1,889

 

 

 

3,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

2,601

 

 

 

7,711

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

3,044

 

 

 

2,891

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

93

 

 

 

2,033

 

 

 

8,042

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

25,992

 

 

 

(8,964

)

 

 

(982

)

 

 

542

 

 

 

(2,024

)

 

 

14,564

 

Consumer loans

 

 

3,379

 

 

 

2,059

 

 

 

(690

)

 

 

473

 

 

 

1,375

 

 

 

6,596

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

2,229

 

 

 

2,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,243

)

 

 

3,441

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

5,303

 

 

 

2,084

 

 

 

(1,334

)

 

 

1,117

 

 

 

(1,150

)

 

 

6,020

 

Total

 

$

84,277

 

 

$

(1,217

)

 

$

(5,545

)

 

$

2,468

 

 

$

20,581

 

 

$

100,564

 

 

The increases in the PCL for loans and other loans secured by real estate and consumer loans at March 31, 2020 when compared to the January 1, 2020 adoption adjustments were primarily due to the negative impact of COVID-19 on the macroeconomic forecasting variables used in the ACL modeling, such as National and Southern Unemployment, National GDP, Prime Rate and South Vacancy Rate.

The PCL for the commercial and industrial loan portfolio decreased an additional $2.0 million during the first quarter of 2020 when compared to the January 1, 2020 adoption adjustment primarily due to loans that had been specifically reserved for being charged down as well as a slight decrease in the calculated PD and LGD, which uses Trustmark’s historical data.  The decrease in state and other political subdivision loans of $1.2 million at March 31, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in reserves based on routine updates to the qualitative portion of the allowance calculation.  Other commercial loans decreased $1.2 million during this same period due to a pay-off which decreased needed reserves.  

The following table details changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by loan class for the period presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

Balance

January 1,

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

Provision for

Loan Losses

 

 

Balance

March 31,

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land loans

 

$

7,390

 

 

$

(35

)

 

$

306

 

 

$

(137

)

 

$

7,524

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

8,641

 

 

 

(161

)

 

 

216

 

 

 

(315

)

 

 

8,381

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

22,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

(912

)

 

 

21,479

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

3,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(383

)

 

 

3,077

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

27,359

 

 

 

(1,859

)

 

 

137

 

 

 

3,565

 

 

 

29,202

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,890

 

 

 

(793

)

 

 

534

 

 

 

517

 

 

 

3,148

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(198

)

 

 

792

 

Other loans

 

 

6,194

 

 

 

(1,185

)

 

 

919

 

 

 

(526

)

 

 

5,402

 

Total

 

$

79,290

 

 

$

(4,033

)

 

$

2,137

 

 

$

1,611

 

 

$

79,005

 

 

 

Note 4 – Acquired Loans

Trustmark’s loss-share agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) covering the acquired covered loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties will expire in 2021.

 

Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326, which was effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2020 in accordance with the amendments in FASB ASU 2016-13, Trustmark elected to account for its existing acquired loans as purchased credit deteriorated (PCD) loans included within the LHFI portfolio. Trustmark elected to maintain pools of loans that were previously accounted for under FASB ASC

30


 

Subtopic 310-30, “Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” and will continue to account for these pools as a unit of account.  Loans are only removed from the existing loan pools if they are written off, paid off or sold.  Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326, the ACL was determined for each pool and added to the pool’s carrying value to establish a new amortized cost basis.  The difference between the unpaid principal balance of the pool and the new amortized cost basis is the noncredit premium or discount which will be amortized into interest income over the remaining life of the pool.  Changes to the allowance for credit losses after adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326 are recorded through the PCL.  Consequently, acquired loans of $72.6 million, as well as the allowance for loan losses, acquired loans of $815 thousand, were transferred on January 1, 2020.  

At December 31, 2019, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

4,771

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

17,525

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

38,206

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

3,946

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

5,035

 

Consumer loans

 

 

520

 

Other loans

 

 

2,598

 

Acquired loans

 

 

72,601

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

815

 

Net acquired loans

 

$

71,786

 

 

The following table presents changes in the net carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Acquired

Impaired

 

 

Acquired

Not ASC

310-30 (1)

 

Carrying value, net at January 1, 2019

 

$

102,890

 

 

$

2,811

 

Transfers (2)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,926

)

Accretion to interest income

 

 

5,532

 

 

 

115

 

Payments received, net

 

 

(37,230

)

 

 

 

Other (3)

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

Change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

416

 

 

 

 

Carrying value, net at December 31, 2019

 

 

71,786

 

 

 

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustment

 

 

(71,786

)

 

 

 

Accretion to interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments received, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value, net at March 31, 2020

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

(1)

“Acquired Not ASC 310-30” loans consist of loans that are not in scope for FASB ASC Subtopic 310-30.

(2)

“Acquired Not ASC 310-30” loans transferred to LHFI due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.

(3)

Includes miscellaneous timing adjustments as well as acquired loan terminations through foreclosure, charge-off and other terminations.

31


 

Under FASB ASC Subtopic 310-30, the accretable yield is the excess of expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable.  The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Accretable yield at beginning of period

 

$

(14,816

)

 

$

(17,722

)

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustment

 

 

14,816

 

 

 

 

Accretion to interest income

 

 

 

 

 

1,563

 

Disposals, net

 

 

 

 

 

469

 

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference (1)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,725

)

Accretable yield at end of period

 

$

 

 

$

(17,415

)

 

(1)

Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference are due to lower loss expectations and improvements in expected cash flows.

The following table presents the components of the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

815

 

 

$

1,231

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustment

 

 

(815

)

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

 

$

1,297

 

 

32


 

The table below presents the acquired loans by loan class and credit quality indicator at December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,022

 

 

$

 

 

$

192

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,214

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,164

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

580

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,786

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,972

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

38,206

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

3,946

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

5,035

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,598

 

Total acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

$

44,922

 

 

$

42

 

 

$

10,819

 

 

$

2,002

 

 

$

57,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual (1)

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total

Acquired Loans

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

$

463

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

557

 

 

$

4,771

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

12,843

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,739

 

 

 

17,525

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,206

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,946

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,035

 

Consumer loans

 

 

489

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

520

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,598

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

13,795

 

 

$

740

 

 

$

281

 

 

$

 

 

$

14,816

 

 

$

72,601

 

 

(1)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Subtopic 310-30.

The following table provides an aging analysis of contractually past due and nonaccrual acquired loans at December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual (2)

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total Acquired

Loans

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land

 

$

94

 

 

$

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

132

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,639

 

 

$

4,771

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

696

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

1,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,332

 

 

 

17,525

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

851

 

 

 

887

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,319

 

 

 

38,206

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,893

 

 

 

3,946

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,035

 

 

 

5,035

 

Consumer loans

 

 

16

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

520

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,598

 

 

 

2,598

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

843

 

 

$

146

 

 

$

1,307

 

 

$

2,296

 

 

$

 

 

$

70,305

 

 

$

72,601

 

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

(2)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Subtopic 310-30.

 

33


 

 

Note 5 – Mortgage Banking

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The activity in the mortgage servicing rights (MSR) is detailed in the table below for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

79,394

 

 

$

95,596

 

Origination of servicing assets

 

 

3,649

 

 

 

2,507

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to market changes

 

 

(23,999

)

 

 

(8,863

)

Due to run-off

 

 

(2,607

)

 

 

(2,398

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

56,437

 

 

$

86,842

 

 

Trustmark determines the fair value of the MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  Trustmark considers the conditional prepayment rate (CPR), which is an estimated loan prepayment rate that uses historical prepayment rates for previous loans similar to the loans being evaluated, and the discount rate in determining the fair value of the MSR. An increase in either the CPR or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  At March 31, 2020, the fair value of the MSR included an assumed average prepayment speed of 17 CPR and an average discount rate of 9.52% compared to an assumed average prepayment speed of 10 CPR and an average discount rate of 10.04% at March 31, 2019.

Mortgage Loans Serviced/Sold

During the first three months of 2020 and 2019, Trustmark sold $317.1 million and $208.9 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans.  Gains on these sales were recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and totaled $14.3 million for the first three months of 2020 compared to $5.0 million for the first three months of 2019. 

The table below details the mortgage loans sold and serviced for others at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Federal National Mortgage Association

 

$

4,383,261

 

 

$

4,411,914

 

Government National Mortgage Association

 

 

2,685,304

 

 

 

2,652,782

 

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

 

 

69,389

 

 

 

73,134

 

Other

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

19,404

 

Total mortgage loans sold and serviced for others

 

$

7,156,704

 

 

$

7,157,234

 

 

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which FNMA and FHLMC will not exercise their remedies, including a putback request, for breaches of certain selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

 

When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request.  Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt.  The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses are included in other expense.  At March 31, 2020 and 2019, Trustmark had a reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses of $500 thousand and $875 thousand, respectively.

34


 

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against potential future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

 

 

Note 6 – Other Real Estate

At March 31, 2020, Trustmark’s geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

For the periods presented, changes and gains (losses), net on other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

29,248

 

 

$

34,668

 

Additions

 

 

336

 

 

 

785

 

Disposals

 

 

(3,741

)

 

 

(1,658

)

Write-downs

 

 

(996

)

 

 

(1,656

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

24,847

 

 

$

32,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses), net on the sale of other real estate included in

   other real estate expense

 

$

(70

)

 

$

122

 

 

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, other real estate by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Construction, land development and other land properties

 

$

9,816

 

 

$

11,482

 

1-4 family residential properties

 

 

2,499

 

 

 

3,453

 

Nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

12,532

 

 

 

14,313

 

Total other real estate

 

$

24,847

 

 

$

29,248

 

 

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, other real estate by geographic location consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Alabama

 

$

6,229

 

 

$

8,133

 

Florida

 

 

4,835

 

 

 

5,877

 

Mississippi (1)

 

 

13,296

 

 

 

14,919

 

Tennessee (2)

 

 

487

 

 

 

319

 

Texas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other real estate

 

$

24,847

 

 

$

29,248

 

 

(1)

Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions.

(2)

Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions.

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balance of other real estate included $2.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of foreclosed residential real estate properties recorded as a result of obtaining physical possession of the property. At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the recorded investment of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process was $767 thousand and $953 thousand, respectively.

 

35


 

Note 7 – Leases

The following table details the components of net lease cost for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

$

497

 

 

$

503

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

 

67

 

 

 

81

 

Operating lease cost

 

 

1,290

 

 

 

1,300

 

Short-term lease cost

 

 

109

 

 

 

80

 

Variable lease cost

 

 

347

 

 

 

344

 

Sublease income

 

 

(99

)

 

 

(87

)

Net lease cost

 

$

2,211

 

 

$

2,221

 

 

The following table details the cash payments included in the measurement of lease liabilities during the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows included in operating activities

 

$

67

 

 

$

265

 

Financing cash flows included in payments under finance lease obligations

 

 

459

 

 

 

513

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows (fixed payments) included in other operating activities, net

 

 

1,246

 

 

 

1,246

 

Operating cash flows (liability reduction) included in other operating activities, net

 

 

970

 

 

 

941

 

 

The following table details balance sheet information, as well as weighted-average lease terms and discount rates, related to leases at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Finance lease right-of-use assets, net of accumulated depreciation

 

$

8,829

 

 

$

9,326

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

9,061

 

 

 

9,520

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

30,839

 

 

 

31,182

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

32,055

 

 

 

32,354

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average lease term

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

8.59 years

 

 

8.62 years

 

Operating leases

 

8.89 years

 

 

9.05 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

 

3.03

%

 

 

3.01

%

Operating leases

 

 

3.48

%

 

 

3.51

%

 

At March 31, 2020, future minimum rental commitments under finance and operating leases were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

Operating Leases

 

2020 (excluding the three months ended March 31, 2020)

 

$

1,443

 

 

$

3,742

 

2021

 

 

1,615

 

 

 

4,648

 

2022

 

 

1,556

 

 

 

4,173

 

2023

 

 

871

 

 

 

4,136

 

2024

 

 

572

 

 

 

4,040

 

Thereafter

 

 

4,452

 

 

 

16,726

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

10,509

 

 

 

37,465

 

Less imputed interest

 

 

(1,448

)

 

 

(5,410

)

Lease liabilities

 

$

9,061

 

 

$

32,055

 

 

 

36


 

Note 8 – Deposits

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, deposits consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

2,977,058

 

 

$

2,891,215

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

3,400,264

 

 

 

3,125,914

 

Savings

 

 

3,602,515

 

 

 

3,590,509

 

Time

 

 

1,595,927

 

 

 

1,637,919

 

Total

 

$

11,575,764

 

 

$

11,245,557

 

 

 

Note 9 – Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Trustmark utilizes securities sold under repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing in connection with overnight repurchase agreements offered to commercial deposit customers by using its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  Trustmark accounts for its securities sold under repurchase agreements as secured borrowings in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 860-30, “Transfers and Servicing – Secured Borrowing and Collateral.”  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  Trustmark monitors collateral levels on a continual basis and may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements were secured by securities with a carrying amount of $100.6 million and $105.6 million at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.  Trustmark’s repurchase agreements are transacted under master repurchase agreements that give Trustmark, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right of offset with the same counterparty.  As of March 31, 2020, all repurchase agreements were short-term and consisted primarily of sweep repurchase arrangements, under which excess deposits are “swept” into overnight repurchase agreements with Trustmark.  The following table presents the securities sold under repurchase agreements by collateral pledged at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA

 

$

18,461

 

 

$

24,282

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

29,679

 

 

 

29,290

 

Total securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

$

48,140

 

 

$

53,572

 

 

Note 10 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Trustmark accounts for revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which provides that revenue be recognized in a manner that depicts the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration Trustmark expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.  Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized either over time in a manner that depicts Trustmark’s performance, or at a point in time when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer.  Trustmark’s noninterest income, excluding all of mortgage banking, net and securities gains (losses), net and portions of bank card and other fees and other income, are considered within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 606.  Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate, which are included in Trustmark’s noninterest expense as other real estate expense, are also within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 606.

Trustmark records a gain or loss from the sale of other real estate when control of the property transfers to the buyer.  Trustmark records the gain or loss from the sale of other real estate in noninterest expense as other real estate expense, net.  Other real estate sales for the three months ended March 31, 2020 resulted in a net loss of $70 thousand, compared to a net gain of $122 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2019.

37


 

The following table presents noninterest income disaggregated by reportable operating segment and revenue stream for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2019

 

 

 

Topic 606

 

 

Not Topic

606 (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Topic 606

 

 

Not Topic

606 (1)

 

 

Total

 

General Banking Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

10,012

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,012

 

 

$

10,240

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,240

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

6,726

 

 

 

(1,377

)

 

 

5,349

 

 

 

6,865

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

7,167

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

 

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,442

 

 

 

3,442

 

Wealth management

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

Other, net

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

482

 

 

 

2,246

 

 

 

2,244

 

 

 

(271

)

 

 

1,973

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

18,588

 

 

$

26,588

 

 

$

45,176

 

 

$

19,440

 

 

$

3,473

 

 

$

22,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

20

 

 

$

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

25

 

 

$

 

 

$

25

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Wealth management

 

 

8,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,451

 

 

 

7,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,392

 

Other, net

 

 

26

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

262

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

8,503

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

8,516

 

 

$

7,677

 

 

$

26

 

 

$

7,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance commissions

 

$

11,550

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,550

 

 

$

10,871

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,871

 

Other, net

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

11,572

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,572

 

 

$

10,875

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

10,032

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,032

 

 

$

10,265

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,265

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

6,732

 

 

 

(1,377

)

 

 

5,355

 

 

 

6,889

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

7,191

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

 

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,442

 

 

 

3,442

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

11,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,550

 

 

 

10,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,871

 

Wealth management

 

 

8,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,537

 

 

 

7,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,483

 

Other, net

 

 

1,812

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

2,307

 

 

 

2,484

 

 

 

(245

)

 

 

2,239

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

38,663

 

 

$

26,601

 

 

$

65,264

 

 

$

37,992

 

 

$

3,499

 

 

$

41,491

 

(1)

Noninterest income not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 606 includes customer derivatives revenue and miscellaneous credit card fee income within bank card and other fees; mortgage banking, net; amortization of tax credits, accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset, cash surrender value on various life insurance policies, earnings on Trustmark’s non-qualified deferred compensation plans, other partnership investments and rental income within other, net; and security gains (losses), net.

 

 

Note 11 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits

Qualified Pension Plan

Trustmark maintains a noncontributory tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan titled the Trustmark Corporation Pension Plan for Certain Employees of Acquired Financial Institutions (the Continuing Plan) to satisfy commitments made by Trustmark to associates covered through plans obtained in acquisitions.

 

38


 

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for the Continuing Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Service cost

 

$

64

 

 

$

53

 

Interest cost

 

 

60

 

 

 

90

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(51

)

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

81

 

 

 

93

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

167

 

 

$

216

 

 

For the plan year ending December 31, 2020, Trustmark’s minimum required contribution to the Continuing Plan is $306 thousand; however, Management and the Board of Directors of Trustmark will monitor the Continuing Plan throughout 2020 to determine any additional funding requirements by the plan’s measurement date, which is December 31.

Supplemental Retirement Plans

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering key executive officers and senior officers as well as directors who have elected to defer fees.  The plan provides for retirement and/or death benefits based on a participant’s covered salary or deferred fees.  Although plan benefits may be paid from Trustmark’s general assets, Trustmark has purchased life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future benefit payments under the plan.  The measurement date for the plan is December 31.  As a result of mergers prior to 2014, Trustmark became the administrator of small nonqualified supplemental retirement plans, for which the plan benefits were frozen prior to the merger date.

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Service cost

 

$

19

 

 

$

27

 

Interest cost

 

 

414

 

 

 

541

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

37

 

 

 

63

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

246

 

 

 

162

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

716

 

 

$

793

 

 

 

Note 12 – Stock and Incentive Compensation

Trustmark has granted stock and incentive compensation awards and units subject to the provisions of the Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the Stock Plan).  Current outstanding and future grants of stock and incentive compensation awards are subject to the provisions of the Stock Plan, which is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors.  The Stock Plan also allows Trustmark to grant nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors.

Restricted Stock Grants

Performance Awards

Trustmark’s performance awards vest over three years and are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity and total shareholder return.  Performance awards are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date.  The Monte Carlo simulation was performed by an independent valuation consultant and requires the use of subjective modeling assumptions.  These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  These awards provide for achievement shares if performance measures exceed 100%.  The restricted share agreement for these awards provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.  During 2020, Trustmark began granting performance units instead of performance awards. The performance units have the same attributes as the previously granted performance awards, except for the performance units do not provide voting rights.

39


 

Time-Vested Awards

Trustmark’s time-vested awards vest over three years and are granted to members of Trustmark’s Board of Directors as well as Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date.  These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  During 2020, Trustmark began granting time-vested units instead of time-vested awards.  The time-vested units have the same attributes as the previously granted time-vested awards, except for the time-vested units do not provide voting rights.

The following table summarize the Stock Plan activity for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Performance

Awards and Units

 

 

Time-Vested

Awards and Units

 

Nonvested shares, beginning of period

 

 

149,914

 

 

 

300,006

 

Granted

 

 

53,450

 

 

 

115,520

 

Released from restriction

 

 

(36,357

)

 

 

(79,441

)

Forfeited

 

 

(19,474

)

 

 

(6,353

)

Nonvested shares, end of period

 

 

147,533

 

 

 

329,732

 

 

The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for awards and units under the Stock Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Performance awards and units

 

$

(513

)

 

$

81

 

Time-vested awards and units

 

 

1,907

 

 

 

921

 

Total compensation expense

 

$

1,394

 

 

$

1,002

 

 

 

Note 13 – Contingencies

Lending Related

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit (letters of credit) in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers.  The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit approximates the fair value of such financial instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitments to extend credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments.  Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments.  The collateral obtained is based upon the nature of the transaction and the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower.  At March 31, 2020 and 2019, Trustmark had unused commitments to extend credit of $4.219 billion and $4.011 billion, respectively.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third-party.  A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.  A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation.  When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral, which are followed in the lending process.  At March 31, 2020 and 2019, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $106.9 million and $106.5 million, respectively.  These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value.  Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary.  As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of collateral held was $25.8 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

Trustmark adopted FASB ASC Topic 326, effective January 1, 2020, which requires Trustmark to estimate expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures which are not unconditionally cancellable.  Trustmark maintains a separate ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, which is included on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2020.  

40


 

Expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are estimated by calculating a commitment usage factor over the contractual period for exposures that are not unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark.  Trustmark generates a loan pool level unfunded amount for the period.  Trustmark views the loan pools as either closed-ended or open-ended.  Closed-ended loan pools are those that typically fund up to 100% such as other construction and nonowner-occupied.  Open-ended loan pools are those that behave similar to a revolver such as the commercial and industrial and home equity line of credit loan pools.  In addition to the unfunded balances, Trustmark uses a funding rate for loan pools that are considered open-ended.  Trustmark calculates the funding rate of the open-ended loan pools each period.  In order to mitigate volatility and incorporate historical experience in the funding rate, Trustmark uses a twelve-quarter moving average.  For the closed-ended loan pools, Trustmark takes a conservative approach and uses a 100% funding rate.  The funding rate is applied to the pool unfunded commitment balances to ensure that reserves will be applied to the pool as Trustmark believes the pool will reach its historical levels.  In addition to the funding rate being applied to the unfunded commitment balance, the total reserve rate is applied.  The total reserve rate incorporates both quantitative and qualitative aspects of the current period’s expected credit loss rate.  The total reserve rate is loan pool specific and is applied to the unfunded amount to ensure loss factors, both quantitative and qualitative, are being considered on the unfunded portion of the loan pool, consistent with the methodology applied to the funded loan pools.  

Changes in the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures were as follows for the period presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustment

 

 

29,638

 

Credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures

 

 

6,783

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

36,421

 

Adjustments to the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures are recorded to credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures in noninterest expense.  The increase in the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures for the first quarter of 2020 was primarily due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.

No credit loss estimate is reported for off-balance sheet credit exposures that are unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark or for undrawn amounts under such arrangements that may be drawn prior to the cancellation of the arrangement.

Legal Proceedings

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in several lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  

On August 23, 2009, a purported class action complaint was filed in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, Class Plaintiffs), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions and one individual, each of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark, as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the Stanford Financial Group) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Class Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Class Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.

In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed a second Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the

41


 

defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  

In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification, staying all other discovery and setting a deadline for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s claims.  The court denied the motions by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  

On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (SAC), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for (i) aiding, abetting and participating in a fraudulent scheme, (ii) aiding, abetting and participating in violations of the Texas Securities Act, (iii) aiding, abetting and participating in breaches of fiduciary duty, (iv) aiding, abetting and participating in conversion and (v) conspiracy.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC and to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims against TNB and the other financial institutions that are defendants in the action.  On July 27, 2016, the court denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the SAC and also denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  On August 24, 2016, TNB filed its answer to the SAC.  On October 20, 2017, the OSIC filed a motion seeking an order lifting the discovery stay and establishing a trial schedule.  On November 4, 2016, the OSIC filed a First Amended Intervenor Complaint, which added claims for (i) aiding, abetting or participation in violations of the Texas Securities Act and (ii) aiding, abetting or participation in the breach of fiduciary duty.  On November 7, 2017, the court denied the Class Plaintiffs’ motion seeking class certification and designation of class representatives and counsel, finding that common issues of fact did not predominate.  The court granted the OSIC’s motion to lift the discovery stay that it had previously ordered.

On May 3, 2019, individual investors and entities filed motions to intervene in the action.  On September 18, 2019, the court denied the motions to intervene.  On October 14, 2019, certain of the proposed intervenors filed a notice of appeal.

On December 14, 2009, a different Stanford-related lawsuit was filed in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine and Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

On April 11, 2016, Trustmark learned that a different Stanford-related lawsuit had been filed on that date in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada, by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Bank”), naming TNB and three other financial institutions not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks a declaration specifying the degree to which each of TNB and the other defendants are liable in respect of any loss and damage for which TD Bank is found to be liable in a litigation commenced against TD Bank brought by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited in the Superior Court of Justice, Commercial List in Ontario, Canada (the “Joint Liquidators’ Action”), as well as contribution and indemnity in respect of any judgment, interest and costs TD Bank is ordered to pay in the Joint Liquidators’ Action.  To date, TNB has not been served in connection with this action.

On November 1, 2019, TNB was named as a defendant in a complaint filed by Paul Blaine Smith, Carolyn Bass Smith and other plaintiffs identified therein (the Smith Complaint).  The Smith Complaint was filed in District Court, Harris County, Texas and named TNB and four other financial institutions and one individual, each of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark, as defendants.  The Smith Complaint relates to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group, as does the other pending litigation relating to Stanford summarized above.  Plaintiffs in the Smith Complaint have demanded a jury trial.

 

On January 15, 2020, the court granted Stanford Financial Group receiver’s motion to stay the state court action. On February 26, 2020, the lawsuit was removed to federal court in the Southern District of Texas by TNB.  Trustmark and its counsel are carefully

42


 

evaluating the Smith Complaint in the form that is publicly available, and will update the foregoing description to the extent that additional material facts are ascertained.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  All Stanford-related lawsuits are in pre-trial stages.

On December 30, 2019, a complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi, Northern Division (the Court) by Alysson Mills in her capacity as Court-appointed Receiver (the Receiver) for Arthur Lamar Adams (Adams) and Madison Timber Properties, LLC (Madison Timber), naming TNB, two other Mississippi-based financial institutions both of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark and two individuals, one of who was employed by TNB at all times relevant to the complaint and the other was employed either by TNB or one of the other defendant financial institutions, as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover from the defendants, for the benefit of the receivership estate and also for certain investors who were allegedly defrauded by Adams and Madison Timber, damages (including punitive damages) and related costs allegedly attributable to actions of the defendants that allegedly enabled illegal and fraudulent activities engaged in by Adams and Madison Timber.  The Receiver did not quantify damages.

TNB’s relationship with Adams and Madison Timber consisted of traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested.  In accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Trustmark believes, based on its evaluation and the advice of legal counsel, that a loss in any such proceeding is not probable and a reasonable estimate cannot reasonably be made.

 

 

Note 14 – Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Basic shares

 

 

63,757

 

 

 

65,239

 

Dilutive shares

 

 

157

 

 

 

140

 

Diluted shares

 

 

63,914

 

 

 

65,379

 

 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards were excluded in determining diluted EPS. The following table reflects weighted-average antidilutive stock awards for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards

 

 

52

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

Note 15 – Statements of Cash Flows

The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings

 

$

16,807

 

 

$

20,501

 

Noncash transfers from loans to other real estate

 

 

336

 

 

 

785

 

Securities purchased not settled

 

 

 

 

 

1,095

 

Finance right-of-use assets resulting from lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

11,230

 

Operating right-of-use assets resulting from lease liabilities

 

 

671

 

 

 

33,861

 

 

 

43


 

Note 16 – Shareholders’ Equity

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2019 Annual Report, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, is not included in computing regulatory capital.  Trustmark has elected the five-year phase-in transition period related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2020, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2020.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2020, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.

44


 

The following table provides Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital

 

 

Minimum

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Requirement

 

 

Capitalized

 

At March 31, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,297,083

 

 

 

11.35

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,336,080

 

 

 

11.69

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,357,083

 

 

 

11.88

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,336,080

 

 

 

11.69

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,460,942

 

 

 

12.78

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,439,939

 

 

 

12.60

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,357,083

 

 

 

10.21

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,336,080

 

 

 

10.07

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,312,668

 

 

 

11.93

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,352,893

 

 

 

12.30

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,372,668

 

 

 

12.48

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,352,893

 

 

 

12.30

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,457,760

 

 

 

13.25

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,437,985

 

 

 

13.07

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,372,668

 

 

 

10.48

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,352,893

 

 

 

10.35

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

Stock Repurchase Program

On March 11, 2016, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock could be acquired through March 31, 2019.  Trustmark repurchased approximately 1.2 million shares of its common stock valued at $36.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019.  Under this authority, Trustmark repurchased approximately 3.2 million shares valued at $100.0 million.  

On April 1, 2019, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock could be acquired through March 31, 2020.  Trustmark repurchased approximately 887 thousand shares of its common stock valued at $27.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020. Under this authority, Trustmark repurchased approximately 1.5 million shares valued at $47.2 million.

On January 28, 2020, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a new stock repurchase program, effective April 1, 2020, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through December 31, 2021.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or private transactions, depending on market conditions.  There is no guarantee as to the number of shares that may be repurchased by Trustmark, and Trustmark may discontinue purchases under the program at any time at Management’s discretion.

45


 

On March 9, 2020, Trustmark suspended its share repurchase programs to preserve capital to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following tables present the net change in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the periods presented ($ in thousands).  The amortization of prior service cost, recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements and change in net actuarial loss are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 11 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details).  Reclassification adjustments related to pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in salaries and employee benefits and other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  Reclassification adjustments related to the cash flow hedge derivative are included in other interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2019

 

 

 

Before Tax

Amount

 

 

Tax (Expense)

Benefit

 

 

Net of Tax

Amount

 

 

Before Tax

Amount

 

 

Tax (Expense)

Benefit

 

 

Net of Tax

Amount

 

Securities available for sale and transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising

   during the period

 

$

40,507

 

 

$

(10,127

)

 

$

30,380

 

 

$

18,824

 

 

$

(4,706

)

 

$

14,118

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on

   securities transferred to held to maturity

 

 

861

 

 

 

(215

)

 

 

646

 

 

 

747

 

 

 

(187

)

 

 

560

 

Total securities available for sale

   and transferred securities

 

 

41,368

 

 

 

(10,342

)

 

 

31,026

 

 

 

19,571

 

 

 

(4,893

)

 

 

14,678

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments for changes realized

   in net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

37

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

28

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

47

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum

   settlements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

24

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

326

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

244

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

190

 

Total pension and other postretirement benefit

   plans

 

 

363

 

 

 

(91

)

 

 

272

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

261

 

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accumulated gain (loss) on effective

   cash flow hedge derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

(47

)

Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss realized

   in net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(171

)

 

 

43

 

 

 

(128

)

Total cash flow hedge derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(234

)

 

 

59

 

 

 

(175

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

41,731

 

 

$

(10,433

)

 

$

31,298

 

 

$

19,686

 

 

$

(4,922

)

 

$

14,764

 

46


 

The following table presents the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods presented ($ in thousands).  All amounts are presented net of tax.

 

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

and Transferred

Securities

 

 

Defined

Benefit

Pension Items

 

 

Cash Flow

Hedge

Derivatives

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2020

 

$

(8,017

)

 

$

(15,583

)

 

$

 

 

$

(23,600

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

 

 

31,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,026

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

31,026

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,298

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

$

23,009

 

 

$

(15,311

)

 

$

 

 

$

7,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2019

 

$

(43,824

)

 

$

(12,324

)

 

$

469

 

 

$

(55,679

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

 

 

14,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47

)

 

 

14,631

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

(128

)

 

 

133

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

14,678

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

14,764

 

Balance at March 31, 2019

 

$

(29,146

)

 

$

(12,063

)

 

$

294

 

 

$

(40,915

)

 

 

Note 17 – Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The predominant portion of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers.  The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers.  Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.

Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio.  As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes.  When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid.  If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value.  Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.

Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security.  Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers.  Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral).  Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.

Trustmark estimates fair value of the MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes.  This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.

Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology.  In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk.  In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.  In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

47


 

Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads.  Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives.  As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling.  Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables summarize financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands).  There were no transfers between fair value levels for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

21,190

 

 

$

 

 

$

21,190

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

23,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,572

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,789,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,789,017

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

1,833,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,833,779

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

325,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,389

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

56,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,437

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

72,664

 

 

 

21,575

 

 

 

41,263

 

 

 

9,826

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

12,624

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

12,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

22,327

 

 

$

 

 

$

22,327

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

25,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,465

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,554,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,554,612

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

1,602,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,602,404

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

226,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

226,347

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

79,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,394

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

17,956

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

16,273

 

 

 

1,439

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

6,063

 

 

 

4,414

 

 

 

1,649

 

 

 

 

 

48


 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

MSR

 

 

Other Assets -

Derivatives

 

Balance, January 1, 2020

 

$

79,394

 

 

$

1,439

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

(26,606

)

 

 

9,606

 

Additions

 

 

3,649

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

(1,219

)

Balance, March 31, 2020

 

$

56,437

 

 

$

9,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in earnings

   that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or

   losses still held at March 31, 2020

 

$

(23,999

)

 

$

4,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2019

 

$

95,596

 

 

$

1,187

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

(11,261

)

 

 

1,574

 

Additions

 

 

2,507

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

(996

)

Balance, March 31, 2019

 

$

86,842

 

 

$

1,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in

   earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized

   gains or losses still held at March 31, 2019

 

$

(8,863

)

 

$

382

 

 

(1)

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net relating to the MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to run-off.

Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.  Assets at March 31, 2020, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include collateral-dependent LHFI.  A loan is collateral dependent when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially through the sale of the collateral.  The expected credit loss for collateral-dependent loans is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the fair value of the collateral, adjusted for the estimated cost to sell.  Fair value estimates for collateral-dependent loans are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as is value of the collateral, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Current appraisals are ordered on an annual basis based on the inspection date or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  At March 31, 2020, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $39.8 million with a related ACL of $2.4 million in collateral-dependent LHFI.  At December 31, 2019, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $41.2 million with a related allowance of $5.5 million in impaired LHFI that were individually evaluated for impairment and written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell based on the fair value of the collateral or other unobservable input compared.  Both the collateral-dependent LHFI and the individually evaluated impaired LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Other real estate includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value.  Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.

49


 

Foreclosed assets of $3.1 million were remeasured during the first three months of 2020, requiring write-downs of $357 thousand to reach their current fair values compared to $5.7 million of foreclosed assets that were remeasured during the first three months of 2019, requiring write-downs of $990 thousand.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

$

406,341

 

 

$

406,341

 

 

$

358,916

 

 

$

358,916

 

Securities held to maturity

 

 

704,276

 

 

 

731,441

 

 

 

738,099

 

 

 

746,202

 

Level 3 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net LHFI

 

 

9,467,356

 

 

 

9,465,548

 

 

 

9,251,351

 

 

 

9,235,674

 

Net acquired loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,786

 

 

 

71,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

11,575,764

 

 

 

11,584,178

 

 

 

11,245,557

 

 

 

11,250,071

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

421,821

 

 

 

421,821

 

 

 

256,020

 

 

 

256,020

 

Other borrowings

 

 

84,230

 

 

 

84,227

 

 

 

85,396

 

 

 

85,374

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

46,392

 

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

50,722

 

(1)

Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326 at January 1, 2020, Trustmark elected to account for its existing acquired loans as purchased credit deteriorated loans included within the LHFI portfolio.  See Note 4 – Acquired Loans for additional details.

Fair Value Option

Trustmark has elected to account for its mortgage LHFS under the fair value option, with interest income on these mortgage LHFS reported in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI.  The fair value of the mortgage LHFS is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan.  The mortgage LHFS are actively managed and monitored and certain market risks of the loans may be mitigated through the use of derivatives.  These derivative instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.  The changes in the fair value of LHFS are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments.  For the three months ended March 31, 2020, a net gain of $7.7 million was recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net for changes in the fair value of LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, compared to a net gain of $668 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2019.  Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI for the three months ended March 31, 2020 included $1.3 million of interest earned on LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, compared to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, respectively.  Election of the fair value option allows Trustmark to reduce the accounting volatility that would otherwise result from the asymmetry created by accounting for the financial instruments at the lower of cost or fair value and the derivatives at fair value.  The fair value option election does not apply to GNMA optional repurchase loans which do not meet the requirements under FASB ASC Topic 825 to be accounted for under the fair value option.  GNMA optional repurchase loans totaled $56.5 million and $57.1 million at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, and are included in LHFS on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  For additional information regarding GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “Past Due LHFS” included in Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI.

50


 

The following table provides information about the fair value and the contractual principal outstanding of LHFS accounted for under the fair value option as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Fair value of LHFS

 

$

268,891

 

 

$

169,285

 

LHFS contractual principal outstanding

 

 

256,314

 

 

 

164,420

 

Fair value less unpaid principal

 

$

12,577

 

 

$

4,865

 

 

 

Note 18 – Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I throughout the five-year period which began December 31, 2014 and ended December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark paid a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and received a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

The interest rate swap matured on December 31, 2019; therefore, there was no accumulated net after-tax amount related to the effective cash flow hedge included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2019.  No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the three months ended March 31, 2019.  Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to this derivative were reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments were made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in the fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments was $516.5 million at March 31, 2020 compared to $564.0 million at December 31, 2019.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $9.9 million and a net negative ineffectiveness of $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward sales contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of LHFS.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $454.5 million at March 31, 2020, with a negative valuation adjustment of $9.3 million, compared to $209.0 million, with a negative valuation adjustment of $486 thousand, at December 31, 2019.

Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area.  Interest rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $382.2 million at March 31, 2020, with a positive valuation adjustment of $9.8 million, compared to $92.1 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.4 million, as of December 31, 2019.

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded as noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of nonperformance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of March 31, 2020, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $905.6 million related to this program, compared to $893.1 million as of December 31, 2019.

51


 

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $2.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively.  As of March 31, 2020, Trustmark had posted collateral of $2.8 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2020, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third-party default on the underlying swap.  At both March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, Trustmark had entered into three risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $37.2 million and $37.6 million, respectively.  Trustmark had entered into nine risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $74.9 million at March 31, 2020 compared to ten risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $79.3 million at December 31, 2019.  The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Tabular Disclosures

The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts included in other assets

 

$

13,637

 

 

$

 

Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets

 

 

7,938

 

 

 

244

 

OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets

 

 

9,826

 

 

 

1,439

 

Interest rate swaps included in other assets

 

 

41,154

 

 

 

16,209

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets

 

 

109

 

 

 

64

 

Futures contracts included in other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2,654

 

Forward contracts included in other liabilities

 

 

9,318

 

 

 

486

 

Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities

 

 

221

 

 

 

1,760

 

Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities

 

 

2,960

 

 

 

1,122

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other liabilities

 

 

125

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Derivatives in hedging relationships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive income (loss) and recognized in other interest expense

 

$

 

 

$

171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in mortgage banking, net

 

$

33,486

 

 

$

4,853

 

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in bank card and other fees

 

 

(1,660

)

 

 

(256

)

 

The following table discloses the amount included in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive

   income (loss), net of tax

 

$

 

 

$

(47

)

 

52


 

Trustmark’s interest rate swap derivative instruments are subject to master netting agreements, and therefore, eligible for offsetting in the consolidated balance sheets.  Trustmark has elected to not offset any derivative instruments in its consolidated balance sheets.  Information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is presented in the following tables ($ in thousands):

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

41,154

 

 

$

 

 

$

41,154

 

 

$

(1

)

 

$

 

 

$

41,153

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

2,960

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,960

 

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(2,820

)

 

$

139

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

16,209

 

 

$

 

 

$

16,209

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

16,209

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

1,122

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,122

 

 

$

 

 

$

(1,390

)

 

$

(268

)

 

 

Note 19 – Segment Information

 

Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes three segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s operating segments, see Note 22 – Segment Information included in Part II. Item 8. – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of Trustmark’s 2019 Annual Report.  During the first quarter of 2020, Trustmark revised the composition of its operating segments by moving the Retail Private Banking Group from the General Banking Segment to the Wealth Management Segment as a result of a change in supervision of this group for segment reporting purposes. The prior period amounts presented include reclassifications to conform to the current period presentation.

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis.  This process, called “funds transfer pricing”, charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities.  The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking Segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining TNB’s funding and interest rate risk strategies.

53


 

The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

General Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

102,403

 

 

$

103,005

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

18,374

 

 

 

1,693

 

Noninterest income

 

 

45,176

 

 

 

22,913

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

106,450

 

 

 

90,015

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

22,755

 

 

 

34,210

 

Income taxes

 

 

2,091

 

 

 

4,155

 

General banking net income

 

$

20,664

 

 

$

30,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

13,663,877

 

 

$

13,077,106

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

8,794

 

 

$

9,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

1,504

 

 

$

1,748

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

2,207

 

 

 

(4

)

Noninterest income

 

 

8,516

 

 

 

7,703

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

8,516

 

 

 

7,663

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

(703

)

 

 

1,792

 

Income taxes

 

 

(176

)

 

 

444

 

Wealth management net income

 

$

(527

)

 

$

1,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

280,181

 

 

$

329,319

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

67

 

 

$

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

45

 

 

$

55

 

Noninterest income

 

 

11,572

 

 

 

10,875

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

8,844

 

 

 

8,343

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,773

 

 

 

2,587

 

Income taxes

 

 

692

 

 

 

651

 

Insurance net income

 

$

2,081

 

 

$

1,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

75,771

 

 

$

71,592

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

135

 

 

$

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

103,952

 

 

$

104,808

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

20,581

 

 

 

1,689

 

Noninterest income

 

 

65,264

 

 

 

41,491

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

123,810

 

 

 

106,021

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

24,825

 

 

 

38,589

 

Income taxes

 

 

2,607

 

 

 

5,250

 

Consolidated net income

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

33,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

14,019,829

 

 

$

13,478,017

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

8,996

 

 

$

9,337

 

 

54


 

 

Note 20 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

 

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted

Except for the changes detailed below, Trustmark has consistently applied its accounting policies to all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other–Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).”  Issued in August 2018, ASU 2018-15 aims to reduce complexity in the accounting for costs of implementing a cloud computing service arrangement.  ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license).  The amendments of ASU 2018-15 require an entity to follow the guidance in FASB ASC Subtopic 350-40, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software,” in order to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as an asset related to the service contract and which costs to expense.  The amendments of ASU 2018-15 also require an entity to expense the capitalized implementation costs of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract over the term of the hosting arrangement (i.e. the noncancellable period of the arrangement plus periods covered by (1) an option to extend the arrangement if the entity is reasonably certain to exercise that option, (2) an option to terminate the arrangement if the entity is reasonably certain not to exercise the option, and (3) an option to extend (or not to terminate) the arrangement in which exercise of the option is in the control of the vendor).  ASU 2018-15 also requires an entity to present the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs in the same line item in the statement of income as the fees associated with the hosting element (service) of the arrangement, and to classify payments for capitalized implementation costs in the statement of cash flows in the same manner as payments made for fees associated with the hosting element.  ASU 2018-15 became effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2020.  Trustmark does not currently have any material amount of implementation costs related to hosting arrangements that are service contracts within the scope of this ASU; therefore, adoption of ASU 2018-15 did not impact Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.”  Issued in August 2018, the amendments in this ASU remove disclosure requirements in FASB ASC Topic 820 related to (1) the amount of, and reasons for, transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; (2) the policy for timing of transfers between levels; (3) the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements; and (4) for non-public entities, the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in earnings for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period. The ASU also modifies disclosure requirements such that (1) in place of a rollforward for Level 3 fair value measurements, a non-public entity is required to disclose transfers into and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and purchases and issues of Level 3 assets and liabilities; (2) for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value, an entity is required to disclose the timing of liquidation of an investee’s assets and the date that restrictions from redemption might lapse, only if the investee has communicated the timing to the entity or announced the timing publicly; and (3) it is clear that the measurement uncertainty disclosure is to communicate information about the uncertainty in measurement as of the reporting date.  Additionally, this ASU adds disclosure requirements for public entities about (1) the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period, and (2) the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements.  The amendments of ASU 2018-13 became effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2020. Adoption of ASU 2018-13 did not have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  Disclosures required by FASB ASC Topic 820 are presented in Note 17 – Fair Value, of this report.

ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.”  Issued in January 2017, ASU 2017-04 simplifies the manner in which an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test.  Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity, prior to the amendments in ASU 2017-04, had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities, including unrecognized assets and liabilities, in accordance with the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.  However, under the amendments in ASU 2017-04, an entity should (1) perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, and (2) recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, with the understanding that the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.  Additionally, ASU 2017-04 removes the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails such qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test.  ASU 2017-04 became effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2020, and the amendments of this ASU will be applicable to the annual goodwill impairment

55


 

test performed as of October 1, 2020.  Based on Trustmark’s annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2019, the fair value of its reporting units exceeded the carrying value and, therefore, the related goodwill was not impaired.  

ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.”  Issued in June 2016, ASU 2016-13 will add FASB ASC Topic 326, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses” and finalizes amendments to FASB ASC Subtopic 825-15, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses.”  The amendments of ASU 2016-13 are intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information related to expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit by replacing the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit loss estimates.  The amendments of ASU 2016-13 eliminate the probable initial recognition threshold and, in turn, reflect an entity’s current estimate of all expected credit losses.  ASU 2016-13 does not specify the method for measuring expected credit losses, and an entity is allowed to apply methods that reasonably reflect its expectations of the credit loss estimate.  Additionally, the amendments of ASU 2016-13 require that credit losses on available for sale debt securities be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down.  The amendments of ASU 2016-13, and all subsequent ASUs issued by FASB to provide additional guidance and clarification related to this Topic, became effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2020.  

As previously disclosed, Trustmark established a cross-functional Current Expected Credit Loss (CECL) Steering Committee, a CECL Solution Development Working Group and a CECL Working Group which included the appropriate members of Management to evaluate the impact this ASU, and all subsequent ASUs issued by FASB, will have on Trustmark’s financial position, results of operations and financial statement disclosures and determine the most appropriate method of implementing the amendments in these ASUs as well as any resources needed to implement the amendments.  Trustmark selected a third-party vendor to provide allowance for loan loss software as well as advisory services in developing a new methodology that would be compliant with amendments of ASU 2016-13.

In accordance with the amendments of ASU 2016-13, Trustmark elected to maintain pools of loans that were previously accounted for under FASB ASC Subtopic 310-30 and will continue to account for these pools as a unit of account.  Loans are only removed from the existing loan pools if they are written off, paid off or sold.  Upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, the allowance for credit losses was determined for each pool and added to the pool’s carrying value to establish a new amortized cost basis.  The difference between the unpaid principle balance of the pool and the new amortized cost basis is the noncredit premium or discount which will be amortized into interest income over the remaining life of the pool.

As a result of adopting the amendments of ASU 2016-13, Trustmark recorded a decrease to its ACL LHFI of $3.0 million and an increase to its ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures of $29.6 million resulting in a one-time cumulative effect adjustment through retained earnings of $26.6 million ($19.9 million, net of tax) at the date of adoption.  This adjustment included a qualitative adjustment to the allowance for credit losses related to loans and an allowance on off-balance sheet credit exposures.  Trustmark estimates losses over an approximate one-year forecast period using Moody’s baseline economic forecasts, and then reverts to longer term historical loss experience over a one-year period.  

Trustmark’s estimated allowance for credit losses on both held to maturity securities and available for sale securities under the CECL model was deemed immaterial due to the composition of the portfolios being primarily government agency-backed securities for which the risk of loss is minimal.  Therefore, Trustmark did not recognize a cumulative effective adjustment through retained earnings at the date of adoption related to the held to maturity or available for sale securities.

Disclosures required by the amendments ASU 2016-13 are presented in Note 2 – Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity and Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Credit Losses, of this report.

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.”  Issued in March 2020, ASU 2020-04 seeks to provided additional guidance, for a limited time, to ease the potential burden in accounting for or recognizing the effects of reference rate reform on financial reporting.  The FASB issued ASU 2020-04 is response to concerns about the structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs) and, in particular, the risk that the London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) will no longer be used.  Regulators have begun reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction-based and less susceptible to manipulation.  Stakeholders have raised operational challenges likely to arise with the reference rate reform, particularly related to contract modifications and hedge accounting.  The amendments of ASU 2020-04, which are elective and apply to all entities, provide expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships affected by the reference rate reform id certain criteria are met.  The amendments apply only to contracts and hedging relationships that reference LIBOR or another reference rate that is expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform.  The optional expedients for contract modifications should be applied consistently for all contracts or

56


 

transactions within the relevant Codification Topic or Subtopic or Industry Subtopic that contains the related guidance.  The optional expedients for hedging relationships can be elected on an individual hedging relationship basis.  As the guidance in ASU 2020-04 is intended to assist entity’s during the global market-wide reference rate transition period, it is in effect for a limited time, from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022.  Management is currently evaluating the impact to Trustmark as a result of the potential discontinuance of LIBOR, and a determination cannot be made at this time as to the impact the amendments of ASU 2020-04 or the reference rate reform will have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.”  Issued in December 2019, ASU 2019-12 seeks to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes.  In particular, the amendments of ASU 2019-12 remove the exceptions to (1) the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items (e.g., discontinued operations or other comprehensive income); (2) the requirement to recognize a deferred tax liability for equity method investments when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method investment; (3) the ability not to recognize a deferred tax liability for a foreign subsidiary when a foreign equity method investment becomes a subsidiary; and (4) the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year.  The amendments of ASU 2019-12 (1) require that an entity recognize a franchise tax (or similar tax), that is partially based on income, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 and account for any incremental amount incurred as a non-income-based tax; (2) require that an entity evaluate when a step up in the tax basis of goodwill should be considered part of the business combination in which the book goodwill was originally recognized and when it should instead be considered a separate transaction; (3) specify that an entity is not required to allocate the consolidated amount of current and deferred tax expense to a legal entity that is not subject to tax in its separate financial statements, but rather may elect to do so for a legal entity that is both not subject to tax and disregarded by the taxing authority; and (4) require that an entity reflect the effect of an enacted change in tax laws or rates in the annual effective tax rate computation in the interim period that includes the enactment date.  ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020.  Early adoption of ASU 2019-12 is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  An entity that elects to early adopt the amendments in an interim period should reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the annual period that includes that interim period.  Additionally, an entity that elects early adoption must adopt all the amendments in the same period.  The amendments related to separate financial statements of legal entities that are not subject to tax should be applied on a retrospective basis for all periods presented.  The amendments related to changes in ownership of foreign equity method investments or foreign subsidiaries should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption.  The amendments related to franchise taxes that are partially based on income should be applied on either a retrospective basis for all periods presented or a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.  All other amendments should be applied on a prospective basis.  Trustmark intends to adopt the amendments in ASU 2019-12 during the first quarter of 2021.  Adoption of ASU 2019-12 is not expected to have a material impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-14, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.”  Issued in August 2018, ASU 2018-14 modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans.  The amendments in ASU 2018-14 remove certain disclosure requirements that are no longer considered cost beneficial, clarify the specific requirements of disclosures and add disclosure requirements identified as relevant.  The amendments of ASU 2018-14 become effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020.  Trustmark plans to adopt these amendments during the first quarter of 2021.  Management is currently assessing all the potential impacts of the amendments in ASU 2018-14 on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2018-14 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

ITEM 2.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Description of Business

Trustmark, a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889.  At March 31, 2020, TNB had total assets of $14.018 billion, which represented approximately 99.99% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.

57


 

Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through 188 offices and 2,761 full-time equivalent associates (measured at March 31, 2020) located in the states of Alabama, Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market), Mississippi, Tennessee (in the Memphis and Northern Mississippi regions, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market).  Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking Segment, Wealth Management Segment and Insurance Segment.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s business, see the section captioned “The Corporation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (2019 Annual Report).

COVID-19 Update

Trustmark has been proactive in responding to the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, and taken comprehensive action to support customers, associates and the communities it serves. Trustmark activated its Pandemic Preparedness Plan to protect the health and safety of its employees and customers, which included temporarily limiting lobby hours at its branches, transitioning approximately 45% of Trustmark’s workforce to work remotely and taking additional precautions to ensure essential employees working within Trustmark’s branches and offices stay safe and healthy.  Trustmark remains committed to serving its customers through drive-through services offered at branches, access to its automated teller machine (ATM) and interactive teller machine (ITM) network and robust digital and mobile banking options which provide additional convenience for Trustmark’s customers.  Trustmark has been proactive in reaching out to customers to discuss challenges and solutions, provided waivers of certain fees and charges, granted extensions, deferrals and forbearance as appropriate, paused all foreclosures and repossessions and refrained from negative credit bureau reporting for previously up-to-date customers. To date, Trustmark has not incurred any significant disruptions to its business activities.

Exposure to Stressed Industries

The full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and rapidly evolving. It has caused substantial disruption in international and the United States economies, markets and employment. The outbreak may have a significant adverse impact on certain industries Trustmark serves.  The following provides a summary of Trustmark’s exposure to COVID-19 impacted industries within the loans held for investment (LHFI) portfolio as of March 31, 2020:

 

Restaurants: Aggregate outstanding balance of $116.0 million, credit exposure of $124.0 million, 344 total loans, represents 1.21% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, 74% of the loans are real estate secured, 55% are full-service restaurants, 24% are limited-service restaurants, 19% are carryout restaurants, and 2% are other.

 

Hotels: Aggregate outstanding balance of $366.0 million, credit exposure of $451.0 million, 95 total loans, represents 3.83% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, 99% of the loans are real estate secured, consists of experienced operators and carry secondary guarantor support, 91% operate under a major hotel chain, pre COVID-19 (as of December 31, 2019) loan to value was 54%, pre COVID-19 debt service coverage was 1.8x.

 

Retail (Commercial Real Estate): Aggregate outstanding balance of $505.0 million, credit exposure of $635.0 million, 359 total loans, represents 5.28% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, 23% are stand-alone buildings with strong essential services tenants, 3% are national grocery store-anchored, 14% are investment grade anchored centers, mall exposure in only one borrower with $5 million outstanding.

 

Energy: Aggregate outstanding balance of $131.7 million, credit exposure of $359.6 million, 134 total loans, represents 1.38% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, no loans where repayment or underlying security ties to realization of value from energy reserves.

 

Higher Risk Commercial and Industrial: Aggregate outstanding balance of $3.0 million, credit exposure of $14.0 million, one loan.

During the first quarter of 2020, Trustmark incurred total credit loss expenses of $27.4 million, primarily due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors. Because of the significant uncertainties related to the ultimate duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its potential effects on clients and prospects, and on the national and local economy as a whole, there can be no assurances as to how the crisis may ultimately affect Trustmark’s loan portfolio.

Loan Concessions

On March 22, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued an “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus”.  This guidance encourages financial institutions to work prudently with borrowers that may be unable to meet their contractual obligations because of the effects of COVID-19.  The guidance goes on to explain that in consultation with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) staff that the federal banking agencies

58


 

conclude that short-term modifications (e.g. six months) made on a good faith basis to borrowers who were current as of the implementation date of a relief program are not troubled debt restructurings (TDRs).  On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act), a $2 trillion stimulus package intended to provide relief to businesses and consumers in the United States struggling as a result of the pandemic, was signed into law. Section 4013 of the CARES Act also addressed COVID-19 related modifications and specified that COVID-19 related modifications on loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 are not TDRs.  On April 7, 2020, the federal banking agencies revised its earlier guidance to clarify the interaction between the March 22, 2020 interagency statement and section 4013 of the CARES Act, as well as the agencies’ views on consumer protection considerations.  Through April 23, 2020, Trustmark had applied this guidance and modified 1,978 individual loans with aggregate principal balances totaling $976.2 million.  More of these types of modifications are likely to be executed in the second quarter of 2020.  Commercial concessions were primarily either interest only for 90 days or full payment deferrals for 90 days.  Consumer concessions were 90-day full payment deferrals.

Paycheck Protection Program

A provision in the CARES Act included a $349 billion fund for the creation of the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) through the Small Business Administration (SBA) and Treasury Department. The PPP is intended to provide loans to small businesses to pay their employees, rent, mortgage interest and utilities. PPP loans are forgivable, in whole or in part, if the proceeds are used for payroll and other permitted purposes in accordance with the requirements of the PPP.  These loans carry a fixed rate of 1.00% per annum and a term of two years, if not forgiven, in whole or in part.  Payments are deferred for the first six months of the loan. The loans are 100% guaranteed by the SBA.  The SBA pays the originating bank a processing fee ranging from 1.0% to 5.0%, based on the size of the loan.  The SBA began accepting submissions for these PPP loans on April 3, 2020 and reached the limit of funds originally available to disburse under this program on April 16, 2020.  Legislation providing an additional $320 billion in funding for the PPP was signed into law on April 24, 2020.  The SBA began accepting applications for the new funding on April 27, 2020. Under the CARES Act and interim final rules released by the federal banking agencies, PPP loans receive a zero percent risk weight for regulatory capital purposes, and if pledged as part of the Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (PPPLF), are subtracted from the lender’s tier 1 leverage ratio.  The PPPLF was established by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) to provide a liquidity source to PPP lenders, through non-recourse credit secured by PPP loans.

TNB is actively participating in the PPP on behalf of its customers.  TNB began submitting applications to the SBA on Saturday, April 4, 2020 and began funding those loans on Monday, April 13, 2020.  As of April 23, 2020, TNB had secured SBA commitments for approximately 6,000 customer requests totaling over $800.0 million with an average loan size of $137 thousand.  Trustmark cannot predict the amount of PPP loans that will be forgiven in whole or in part by the SBA, nor can it predict the magnitude and timing of the impact the PPP loans and related fees will have on Trustmark’s net interest margin.  However, TNB’s participation in the PPP will likely have a significant impact on Trustmark’s asset mix and net interest margin for the remainder of 2020 as a result of the addition of these low interest rate loans to the LHFI portfolio and the related processing fees earned on these loans.  

Executive Overview

Trustmark has been committed to meeting the banking and financial needs of its customers and communities for over 130 years.  During the COVID-19 pandemic, Trustmark remains focused on providing support, advice and solutions to meet its customers’ unique needs.  During the first three months of 2020, Trustmark experienced strong growth in its fee businesses as noninterest income increased $23.8 million, or 57.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2019.  Trustmark continued to maintain and expand customer relationships as reflected by growth in the LHFI portfolio of $232.3 million, or 2.5%, and growth in deposits of $330.2 million, or 2.9%, during the first three months of 2020.  Trustmark is committed to managing the franchise for the long term, supporting investments to promote profitable revenue growth, realigning delivery channels to support changing customer preferences as well as reengineering and efficiency opportunities to enhance long-term shareholder value.  Trustmark’s capital position remained solid, reflecting the consistent profitability of its diversified financial services businesses.  Trustmark’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per share.  The dividend is payable June 15, 2020, to shareholders of record on June 1, 2020.

Recent Economic and Industry Developments

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and around the world. The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect economic activity globally, nationally and locally. Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of COVID-19 include restrictions on travel, quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses. COVID-19 and actions taken to mitigate the spread of it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economies and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which Trustmark operates.

59


 

Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected the financial markets and has resulted in a number of actions by the FRB. Market interest rates have declined significantly. On March 3, 2020, the ten-year Treasury yield fell below 1.00% for the first time, and the FRB reduced the target federal funds rate by 50 basis points to a range of 1.00% to 1.25%. On March 15, 2020, the FRB further reduced the target federal funds rate by 100 basis points to a range of 0.00% to 0.25% and announced a $700 billion quantitative easing program in response to the expected economic downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The FRB reduced the interest that it pays on excess reserves from 1.60% to 1.10% on March 3, 2020, and then to 0.10% on March 15, 2020. Trustmark expects that these reductions in interest rates, especially if prolonged, could adversely affect its net interest income and margins and its profitability.

It is unknown how long the adverse conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic will last or what the complete financial effect will be to Trustmark.  It is reasonably possible that estimates made in the financial statements could be materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of these conditions, including expected credit losses on loans and off-balance sheet credit exposures.

Financial Highlights

Trustmark reported net income of $22.2 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $0.35, in the first quarter of 2020, compared to $33.3 million, or basic and diluted EPS of $0.51, in the first quarter of 2019.  Trustmark’s reported performance during the quarter ended March 31, 2020 produced a return on average tangible equity of 7.34%, a return on average assets of 0.66%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 12.02% and a dividend payout ratio of 65.71%, compared to a return on average tangible equity of 11.55%, a return on average assets of 1.01%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 11.83% and a dividend payout ratio of 45.10% during the quarter ended March 31, 2019.

Total revenue, which is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income, for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $169.2 million, an increase of $22.9 million, or 15.7%, when compared to the same time period in 2019.  The increase in total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020 when compared to the same time period in 2019, was primarily due to the increase in mortgage banking, net.  These factors are discussed in further detail below.

Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled $104.0 million, a decrease of $856 thousand, or 0.8%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, as declines in interest income were largely offset by a decrease in interest expense caused by a decline in interest on deposits resulting from both lower average balances and interest rates.  Interest income totaled $120.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, a decline of $5.1 million, or 4.1%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, principally due to decreases in interest and fees on acquired loans, as a result of the remaining balance of acquired loans acquired in the BancTrust merger that were transferred to LHFI as part of the adoption of FASB Accounting Standards Codifications (ASC) Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses,” and interest on securities, principally due to a decline in average balances of securities held and lower interest rates during the respective periods.  Interest expense totaled $16.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, a decrease of $4.2 million, or 20.5%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, principally due to the decline in interest on deposits.

Noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled $65.3 million, an increase of $23.8 million, or 57.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2019.  The increase in noninterest income for the first quarter of 2020 when compared to the same time period in 2019 was primarily due to an increase in mortgage banking, net.  Mortgage banking, net totaled $27.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $24.0 million when compared to the same time period in 2019, principally due to the positive net hedge ineffectiveness and an increase in the gain on sales of loans, net.

Noninterest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled $123.8 million, an increase of $17.8 million, or 16.8%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, principally due to increases in salaries and employee benefits and services and fees and the addition of the credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures as a result of adopting FASB ASC Topic 326.  Salaries and employee benefits totaled $69.1 million for the first quarter of 2020, an increase of $8.2 million, or 13.4%, when compared to the first quarter of 2019.  During the first quarter of 2020, Trustmark completed a voluntary early retirement program and incurred $4.3 million of non-routine salaries and employee benefits expense related to this program.  Excluding these non-routine expenses, salaries and employee benefits increased $3.9 million, or 6.4%, when the first quarter of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, principally due to higher commissions expense resulting from improvements in mortgage production and the insurance line of business as well as an increase in salary expenses as a result of general merit increases.  Services and fees totaled $19.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $3.0 million, or 17.5%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to increases in legal fees related to ongoing litigation matters and data processing charges related to software.

Trustmark adopted FASB ASC Topic 326, in accordance with the amendments of FASB Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” effective January 1,

60


 

2020.  The guidance in FASB ASC 326 replaces Trustmark’s previous incurred loss methodology with a methodology that reflects the current expected credit losses (often referred to as CECL) and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit losses.  Trustmark’s allowance for credit losses (ACL) for LHFI is an estimate of expected credit losses inherent within Trustmark’s existing LHFI portfolio.  The ACL, LHFI is adjusted through the provision for credit losses and reduced by the charge off of loan amounts, net of recoveries.  FASB ASC Topic 326 also requires Trustmark to estimate expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures which are not unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark.  Trustmark maintains a separate allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded commitments and letters of credit.  Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures are recorded as noninterest expense in credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures.   Trustmark adopted FASB ASC Topic 326 using the modified retrospective approach prescribed by the amendments of FASB ASU 2016-13; therefore, prior period loan loss provision balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period credit loss presentation.  

Trustmark’s provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled $20.6 million compared to a provision for loan losses, LHFI of $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019.  Credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled $6.8 million. The increase in the provision for credit losses and the credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures for the first quarter of 2020 was primarily due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the current and anticipated negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Credit Losses” for additional information regarding the provision for credit losses.

At March 31, 2020, nonperforming assets totaled $77.8 million, a decrease of $4.6 million, or 5.6%, compared to December 31, 2019, reflecting declines in both nonaccrual LHFI and other real estate.  Nonaccrual LHFI totaled $53.0 million at March 31, 2020, a decrease of $234 thousand, or 0.4%, relative to December 31, 2019, primarily due to reductions, pay-offs and charge-offs of nonaccrual LHFI in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Tennessee market regions, which were largely offset by LHFI placed on nonaccrual status in the Mississippi and Alabama market regions during the first quarter of 2020.  Other real estate totaled $24.8 million at March 31, 2020, a decline of $4.4 million, or 15.0%, compared to December 31, 2019, principally due to properties sold and write-downs on foreclosed properties in Trustmark’s Alabama, Mississippi and Florida market regions.

LHFI totaled $9.568 billion at March 31, 2020, an increase of $232.3 million, or 2.5%, compared to December 31, 2019.  On January 1, 2020, Trustmark transferred $72.6 million, the remaining balance of the loans acquired in the BancTrust merger, from acquired impaired loans to LHFI as purchased credit deteriorated (PCD) loans as part of its adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326.  For additional information regarding the acquired loans transferred to LHFI, see the section captioned “Acquired Loans.”  Excluding the transferred acquired loans, LHFI increased $159.7 million, or 1.7%, compared to December 31, 2019.  The increase in LHFI, excluding the transferred acquired loans, during the first three months of 2020 was primarily due to net growth in LHFI secured by real estate in Trustmark’s Texas, Mississippi and Florida market regions as well as increases in other commercial loans in the Mississippi and Tennessee market regions, partially offset by declines in state and other political subdivision loans in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region.  For additional information regarding changes in LHFI and comparative balances by loan category, see the section captioned “LHFI.”

Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations.  In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines, FHLB advances and, on a limited basis, brokered deposits.  See the section captioned “Liquidity” for further discussion of the components of Trustmark’s excess funding capacity.

Total deposits were $11.576 billion at March 31, 2020, an increase of $330.2 million, or 2.9%, compared to December 31, 2019.  During the first three months of 2020, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $85.8 million, or 3.0%, primarily due to growth in all categories of noninterest-bearing deposit accounts.  Interest-bearing deposits increased $244.4 million, or 2.9%, during the first three months of 2020, primarily due to growth in public and commercial interest checking accounts and commercial money market deposit accounts.    

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which established a $2 trillion economic stimulus package, including cash payments to individuals, supplemental unemployment insurance benefits and $349 billion to fund the PPP, a loan program administered by the SBA. Under the PPP, small businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and self-employed individuals may apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. TNB is participating as a lender in the PPP.

61


 

In addition, the CARES Act and related guidance from the federal banking agencies provide financial institutions the option to temporarily suspend requirements under GAAP related to classification of certain loan modifications as TDRs to account for the current and anticipated effects of COVID-19.

The CARES Act permits financial institutions to defer temporarily the use of FASB ASU 2016-13, also known as CECL, for a limited period of time, but Trustmark has elected not to apply such a deferral.  Relatedly, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule effective March 31, 2020 that allows banking organizations that implement CECL this year to elect to mitigate the effects of the CECL accounting standard on their regulatory capital for two years. This two-year delay is in addition to the three-year transition period that the agencies had already made available (five-year phase-in transition period). Trustmark has elected to defer the regulatory capital effects of CECL in accordance with the interim final rule, which will largely delay the effects of the adoption of CECL on its regulatory capital for the next two years, after which the effects will be phased-in over a three-year period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024.

The CARES Act also includes a range of other provisions designed to support the U.S. economy and mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on financial institutions and their customers, including through the authorization of various programs and measures that the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the FRB and other federal agencies may or are required to implement.  Under section 4022 of the CARES Act, a mortgage servicer must grant up to two 180-day forbearances to any borrower with a federally backed mortgage loan who affirms that he or she is experiencing financial hardship during the COVID-19 emergency.  Additionally, servicers of federally backed mortgage loans are prohibited from initiating judicial or non-judicial foreclosures, other than with respect to vacant or abandoned property, for at least 60 days beginning March 18, 2020.  Under section 4023 of the CARES Act, a servicer of a multifamily mortgage loan must grant up to three 30-day forbearances to a multifamily borrower that was current on payments as of February 1, 2020, requests forbearance, and affirms that the borrower is experiencing a financial hardship during the COVID-19 emergency.  This provision applies from the date of enactment until the earlier of (i) the termination date of the national emergency declared by the President on March 13, 2020, or (ii) December 31, 2020.  Further, in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, the FRB has implemented or announced a number of facilities to provide emergency liquidity to various segments of the U.S. economy and financial markets.

For additional information regarding legislation and regulation applicable to Trustmark, see the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2019 Annual Report.

62


 

Selected Financial Data

The following tables present financial data derived from Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

120,394

 

 

$

125,491

 

Total interest expense

 

 

16,442

 

 

 

20,683

 

Net interest income

 

 

103,952

 

 

 

104,808

 

Provision for credit losses (1)

 

 

20,581

 

 

 

1,611

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

Noninterest income

 

 

65,264

 

 

 

41,491

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

123,810

 

 

 

106,021

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

24,825

 

 

 

38,589

 

Income taxes

 

 

2,607

 

 

 

5,250

 

Net Income

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

33,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Revenue (2)

 

$

169,216

 

 

$

146,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

0.51

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

0.35

 

 

 

0.51

 

Cash dividends per share

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

 

5.45

%

 

 

8.50

%

Return on average tangible equity

 

 

7.34

%

 

 

11.55

%

Return on average assets

 

 

0.66

%

 

 

1.01

%

Average equity/average assets

 

 

12.02

%

 

 

11.83

%

Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)

 

 

3.52

%

 

 

3.63

%

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

65.71

%

 

 

45.10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Ratios (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs (recoveries)/average loans

 

 

0.13

%

 

 

0.09

%

Provision for credit losses/average loans (1)

 

 

0.86

%

 

 

0.07

%

Nonperforming loans/total loans (incl LHFS)

 

 

0.54

%

 

 

0.62

%

Nonperforming assets/total loans (incl LHFS)

   plus other real estate

 

 

0.78

%

 

 

0.96

%

Allowance for credit losses/total loans (excl LHFS) (1)

 

 

1.05

%

 

 

0.88

%

(1)

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective approach; therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

(2)

Consistent with Trustmark’s audited annual financial statements, total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.

(3)

Ratios for the period ended March 31, 2019 exclude acquired loans.

63


 

 

March 31,

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

14,019,829

 

 

$

13,478,017

 

Securities

 

 

2,538,055

 

 

 

2,607,764

 

Total loans (incl LHFS and acquired loans)

 

 

9,893,309

 

 

 

9,260,898

 

Deposits

 

 

11,575,764

 

 

 

11,534,815

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

1,652,399

 

 

 

1,587,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market value - close

 

$

23.30

 

 

$

33.63

 

Book value

 

 

26.06

 

 

 

24.49

 

Tangible book value

 

 

19.92

 

 

 

18.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity/total assets

 

 

11.79

%

 

 

11.77

%

Tangible equity/tangible assets

 

 

9.27

%

 

 

9.15

%

Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets

 

 

11.05

%

 

 

11.35

%

Tier 1 leverage ratio (1)

 

 

10.21

%

 

 

10.05

%

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (1)

 

 

11.35

%

 

 

11.88

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (1)

 

 

11.88

%

 

 

12.45

%

Total risk-based capital ratio (1)

 

 

12.78

%

 

 

13.21

%

(1)

Trustmark elected the five-year phase-in transition period related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to capital ratios defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible common equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy.  Tangible common equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents common equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions.  Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations.  These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.  In Management’s experience, many stock analysts use tangible common equity measures in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare capital adequacy of banking organizations with significant amounts of goodwill or other intangible assets, typically stemming from the use of the purchase accounting method in accounting for mergers and acquisitions.

These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators.  Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible common equity ratios.  Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations.  Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors.  As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. 

64


 

The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,640,070

 

 

$

1,590,187

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(380,671

)

 

 

(379,627

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(8,049

)

 

 

(10,666

)

Total average tangible equity

 

 

$

1,251,350

 

 

$

1,199,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERIOD END BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,652,399

 

 

$

1,587,028

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(381,717

)

 

 

(379,627

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(7,537

)

 

 

(10,092

)

Total tangible equity

(a)

 

$

1,263,145

 

 

$

1,197,309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

14,019,829

 

 

$

13,478,017

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(381,717

)

 

 

(379,627

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(7,537

)

 

 

(10,092

)

Total tangible assets

(b)

 

$

13,630,575

 

 

$

13,088,298

 

Risk-weighted assets

(c)

 

$

11,427,297

 

 

$

10,548,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

33,339

 

Plus:  Intangible amortization net of tax

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

826

 

Net income adjusted for intangible amortization

 

 

$

22,827

 

 

$

34,165

 

Period end shares outstanding

(d)

 

 

63,396,912

 

 

 

64,789,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY MEASUREMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average tangible equity (1)

 

 

 

7.34

%

 

 

11.55

%

Tangible equity/tangible assets

(a)/(b)

 

 

9.27

%

 

 

9.15

%

Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets

(a)/(c)

 

 

11.05

%

 

 

11.35

%

Tangible book value

(a)/(d)*1,000

 

$

19.92

 

 

$

18.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL (CET1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,652,399

 

 

$

1,587,028

 

CECL transitional adjustment (2)

 

 

 

26,476

 

 

 

 

AOCI-related adjustments

 

 

 

(7,698

)

 

 

40,915

 

CET1 adjustments and deductions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill net of associated deferred tax liabilities (DTLs)

 

 

 

(367,825

)

 

 

(365,748

)

Other adjustments and deductions for CET1 (3)

 

 

 

(6,269

)

 

 

(9,099

)

CET1 capital

(e)

 

 

1,297,083

 

 

 

1,253,096

 

Additional tier 1 capital instruments plus related surplus

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

 

$

1,357,083

 

 

$

1,313,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

(e)/(c)

 

 

11.35

%

 

 

11.88

%

(1)

Calculated using annualized net income adjusted for intangible amortization divided by total average tangible equity.

(2)

Trustmark elected the five-year phase-in transition period related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.

(3)

Includes other intangible assets, net of DTLs, disallowed deferred tax assets, threshold deductions and transition adjustments, as applicable.

Trustmark discloses certain non-GAAP financial measures, including net income adjusted for significant non-routine transactions, because Management uses these measures for business planning purposes, including to manage Trustmark’s business against internal projected results of operations and to measure Trustmark’s performance.  Trustmark views these as measures of its core operating business, which exclude the impact of the items detailed below, as these items are generally not operational in nature.  These non-GAAP financial measures also provide another basis for comparing period-to-period results as presented in the accompanying selected financial data table and the consolidated financial statements by excluding potential differences caused by non-operational and unusual or non-recurring items.  Readers are cautioned that these adjustments are not permitted under GAAP.  Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

65


 

The following table presents adjustments to net income and selected financial ratios as reported in accordance with GAAP resulting from significant non-routine items occurring during the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

Amount

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

Net Income (GAAP)

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

33,339

 

 

$

0.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant non-routine transactions (net of taxes):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voluntary early retirement program

 

 

3,281

 

 

 

0.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income adjusted for significant

   non-routine transactions (Non-GAAP)

 

$

25,499

 

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

33,339

 

 

$

0.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported (GAAP)

 

 

Adjusted

(Non-GAAP)

 

 

Reported (GAAP)

 

 

Adjusted

(Non-GAAP)

 

Return on average equity

 

 

5.45

%

 

 

6.25

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

n/a

 

Return on average tangible equity

 

 

7.34

%

 

 

8.39

%

 

 

11.55

%

 

n/a

 

Return on average assets

 

 

0.66

%

 

 

0.75

%

 

 

1.01

%

 

n/a

 

n/a – not applicable

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them.  The accompanying yield/rate analysis table shows the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a FTE basis using the federal statutory corporate tax rate in effect for each of the periods shown.  Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income.  Loan fees included in interest associated with the average loan balances were immaterial.

Net interest income-FTE for the three months ended March 31, 2020 decreased $979 thousand, or 0.9%, when compared with the same time period in 2019.  The net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2020 decreased 11 basis points to 3.52% when compared to the same time period in 2019.  The decrease in the net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was principally due to declines in the yield on the LHFI and LHFS portfolios and the acquired loans that were transferred to LHFI as a result of the adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326, partially offset by lower costs of interest-bearing deposits.

TNB has been actively participating in the PPP created by the CARES Act on behalf of its customers since April 4, 2020.  As of April 23, 2020, TNB had secured SBA commitments for approximately 6,000 customer requests totaling over $800.0 million.  PPP loans are included in Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio subsequent to April 4, 2020. Processing fees earned by TNB as the originating lender will be amortized over twenty-four months, the maximum life of the loans.  Payments on PPP loans are deferred for six months, at which time they may be forgiven in whole or in part by the SBA.  Trustmark cannot predict the amount of PPP loans that will be forgiven in whole or in part by the SBA, nor can it predict the magnitude and timing of the impact the PPP loans and related fees will have on Trustmark’s net interest margin.  However, TNB’s participation in the PPP will likely have a significant impact on Trustmark’s asset mix and net interest margin for the remainder of 2020 as a result of the addition of these low interest rate loans to the LHFI portfolio and the related processing fees earned on these loans.  

Average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2020 were $12.229 billion compared to $12.075 billion for the same time period in 2019, an increase of $153.5 million, or 1.3%.  The increase in average earning assets during the first three months of 2020 was primarily due to an increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) of $640.0 million, or 7.1%, which was partially offset by decreases in average total securities of $325.9 million, or 12.1%, and average acquired loans of $104.3 million.  The increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) was primarily attributable to the $572.9 million, or 6.4%, increase in the LHFI portfolio when balances at March 31, 2020 are compared to balances at March 31, 2019.  This increase was principally due to net growth in loans secured by real estate and other commercial loans, partially offset by net declines in commercial and industrial loans and state and

66


 

other political subdivision loans.  The decrease in average total securities when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019 was primarily due to calls, maturities and pay-downs of the underlying loans of government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) guaranteed securities.  The decrease in average acquired loans when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019 was primarily due to acquired loans that were transferred to LHFI as PCD loans on January 1, 2020 as part of Trustmark’s adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326.  

During the first three months of 2020, interest income-FTE totaled $123.5 million, a decrease of $5.2 million, or 4.1%, while the yield on total earning assets declined 26 basis points to 4.06% when compared to the first three months of 2019.  The decline in interest income-FTE for the first three months of 2020 was primarily due to declines in interest and fees on acquired loans and interest on securities-taxable.  Interest and fees on acquired loans declined $1.9 million when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to acquired loans that were transferred to LHFI as PCD loans on January 1, 2020 as part of Trustmark’s adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326.  As a result of this transfer, Trustmark no longer receives the net interest margin benefit that the acquired loan portfolio previously provided.  During the first three months of 2020, interest on securities-taxable decreased $1.7 million, or 11.7%, while the yield on securities-taxable declined 2 basis points to 2.25% when compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to the run off of maturing investment securities during 2019. During the first three months of 2020, interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE declined $533 thousand, or 0.5%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, while the yield on loans (LHFS and LHFI) decreased 39 basis points to 4.54% as a result of decreases in interest rates.

Average interest-bearing liabilities for the first three months of 2020 totaled $8.843 billion compared to $8.805 billion for the same time period in 2019, an increase of $38.2 million, or 0.4%.  The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was primarily the result of an increase in average federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements which was largely offset by a decline in average interest-bearing deposits.  Average federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements for the first three months of 2020 increased $163.2 million when compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to an increase in upstream federal funds purchased as a result of changes in funding needs as growth in earning assets exceeded deposit growth.  Average interest-bearing deposits for the first three months of 2020 decreased $119.5 million, or 1.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, as growth in average interest-bearing demand deposits was more than offset by declines in average savings and time deposits primarily due to decreases in interest rates in general.

Interest expense for the first three months of 2020 totaled $16.4 million, a decrease of $4.2 million, or 20.5%, when compared with the same time period in 2019, while the rate on total interest-bearing liabilities decreased 20 basis points to 0.75%.  The decrease in total interest expense for the first three months of 2020 when compared to the same time period in 2019 was primarily due to a decline in interest on deposits.  Interest on deposits decreased $4.6 million, or 23.6%, while the rate on interest-bearing deposits decreased 22 basis points to 0.71% when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to declines in both average balances of interest-bearing deposits and interest rates.

67


 

The following table provides the tax equivalent basis yield or rate for each component of the tax equivalent net interest margin for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under

   reverse repurchase agreements

 

$

164

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

277

 

 

$

2

 

 

 

2.93

%

Securities - taxable

 

 

2,315,162

 

 

 

12,948

 

 

 

2.25

%

 

 

2,619,933

 

 

 

14,665

 

 

 

2.27

%

Securities - nontaxable

 

 

47,729

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

3.85

%

 

 

68,869

 

 

 

646

 

 

 

3.80

%

Loans (LHFS and LHFI)

 

 

9,678,174

 

 

 

109,357

 

 

 

4.54

%

 

 

9,038,204

 

 

 

109,890

 

 

 

4.93

%

Acquired loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,316

 

 

 

1,916

 

 

 

7.45

%

Other earning assets

 

 

187,327

 

 

 

740

 

 

 

1.59

%

 

 

243,493

 

 

 

1,603

 

 

 

2.67

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

12,228,556

 

 

 

123,502

 

 

 

4.06

%

 

 

12,075,092

 

 

 

128,722

 

 

 

4.32

%

Other assets

 

 

1,498,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,447,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses, LHFI (2)

 

 

(85,015

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(82,227

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

13,642,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,440,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

8,448,377

 

 

 

14,957

 

 

 

0.71

%

 

$

8,567,858

 

 

 

19,570

 

 

 

0.93

%

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

247,513

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

1.02

%

 

 

84,352

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

1.38

%

Other borrowings

 

 

147,135

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

2.35

%

 

 

152,660

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

2.19

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

8,843,025

 

 

 

16,442

 

 

 

0.75

%

 

 

8,804,870

 

 

 

20,683

 

 

 

0.95

%

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

2,910,951

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,824,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

248,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

221,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

1,640,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,590,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

13,642,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,440,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,060

 

 

 

3.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

108,039

 

 

 

3.63

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin per Consolidated

   Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

$

103,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

104,808

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326 on January 1, 2020, Trustmark elected to account for its existing acquired loans as PCD loans included within the LHFI portfolio.

(2)

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective approach; therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

Provision for Credit Losses

Trustmark adopted FASB ASC Topic 326, in accordance with the amendments of FASB ASU 2016-13, effective January 1, 2020.  The guidance in FASB ASC 326 replaces Trustmark’s previous incurred loss methodology with a methodology that reflects the current expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit losses.  The provision for credit losses is the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for credit losses, LHFI at the amount of expected credit losses inherent within the LHFI portfolio.  The amount of provision for credit losses and the related ACL for LHFI are based on Trustmark’s ACL methodology.  The provision for credit losses totaled $20.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to a provision for loan losses, LHFI of $1.6 million for the same time period in 2019.  The increase in the provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was primarily due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the current and anticipated negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.  See the section captioned “Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI” for information regarding Trustmark’s ACL methodology as well as further analysis of the provision for credit losses.

68


 

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income represented 38.6% of total revenue, before securities gains (losses), net, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to 28.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2019.  The following table provides the comparative components of noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

10,032

 

 

$

10,265

 

 

$

(233

)

 

 

-2.3

%

Bank card and other fees

 

 

5,355

 

 

 

7,191

 

 

 

(1,836

)

 

 

-25.5

%

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

3,442

 

 

 

24,041

 

 

n/m

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

11,550

 

 

 

10,871

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

6.2

%

Wealth management

 

 

8,537

 

 

 

7,483

 

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

14.1

%

Other, net

 

 

2,307

 

 

 

2,239

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

3.0

%

Total noninterest income

 

$

65,264

 

 

$

41,491

 

 

$

23,773

 

 

 

57.3

%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Changes in various components of noninterest income are discussed in further detail below.  For analysis of Trustmark’s insurance commissions and wealth management income, please see the section captioned “Results of Segment Operations.”

Bank Card and Other Fees

The decrease in bank card and other fees for the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to the same time period in 2019 was principally due to declines in income from customer derivatives primarily related to the credit valuation adjustment as a result of the declining interest rate environment.

Mortgage Banking, Net

The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Mortgage servicing income, net

 

$

5,819

 

 

$

5,607

 

 

$

212

 

 

 

3.8

%

Change in fair value-MSR from runoff

 

 

(2,607

)

 

 

(2,398

)

 

 

(209

)

 

 

-8.7

%

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

 

14,339

 

 

 

4,981

 

 

 

9,358

 

 

n/m

 

Mortgage banking income before net

   hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

17,551

 

 

 

8,190

 

 

 

9,361

 

 

n/m

 

Change in fair value-MSR from market

   changes

 

 

(23,999

)

 

 

(8,863

)

 

 

(15,136

)

 

n/m

 

Change in fair value of derivatives

 

 

33,931

 

 

 

4,115

 

 

 

29,816

 

 

n/m

 

Net hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

9,932

 

 

 

(4,748

)

 

 

14,680

 

 

n/m

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

$

27,483

 

 

$

3,442

 

 

$

24,041

 

 

n/m

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The increase in mortgage banking, net for the three months ended March 31, 2020 when compared to the same time period in 2019 was principally due to the positive net hedge ineffectiveness and an increase in the gain on sales of loans, net.  The positive hedge ineffectiveness for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was primarily due to widening spreads between mortgage and ten-year Treasury rates.  Mortgage loan production for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $457.2 million, an increase of $173.7 million, or 61.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2019.  Loans serviced for others totaled $7.157 billion at March 31, 2020, compared with $6.860 billion at March 31, 2019, an increase of $297.1 million, or 4.3%.

Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is the gain on sales of loans, net.  The increase in the gain on sales of loans, net when the three months ended March 31, 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, was primarily the result of increases in the mortgage valuation adjustment and the volume of loans sold as well as higher profit margins in secondary marketing activities.  Loan sales totaled $317.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $108.1 million, or 51.8%, when compared with the same time period in 2019.

69


 

Other Income, Net

The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Partnership amortization for tax credit

   purposes

 

$

(1,161

)

 

$

(2,010

)

 

$

849

 

 

 

42.2

%

Increase in life insurance cash

   surrender value

 

 

1,722

 

 

 

1,783

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

-3.4

%

Other miscellaneous income

 

 

1,746

 

 

 

2,466

 

 

 

(720

)

 

 

-29.2

%

Total other, net

 

$

2,307

 

 

$

2,239

 

 

$

68

 

 

 

3.0

%

Noninterest Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

69,148

 

 

$

60,954

 

 

$

8,194

 

 

 

13.4

%

Services and fees

 

 

19,930

 

 

 

16,968

 

 

 

2,962

 

 

 

17.5

%

Net occupancy-premises

 

 

6,286

 

 

 

6,454

 

 

 

(168

)

 

 

-2.6

%

Equipment expense

 

 

5,616

 

 

 

5,924

 

 

 

(308

)

 

 

-5.2

%

Other real estate expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

997

 

 

 

1,656

 

 

 

(659

)

 

 

-39.8

%

Net (gain) loss on sale

 

 

70

 

 

 

(122

)

 

 

192

 

 

n/m

 

Carrying costs

 

 

227

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

4.1

%

Total other real estate expense, net

 

 

1,294

 

 

 

1,752

 

 

 

(458

)

 

 

-26.1

%

Credit loss expense related to off-balance

   sheet credit exposures (1)

 

 

6,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,783

 

 

n/m

 

Other expense

 

 

14,753

 

 

 

13,969

 

 

 

784

 

 

 

5.6

%

Total noninterest expense

 

$

123,810

 

 

$

106,021

 

 

$

17,789

 

 

 

16.8

%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

(1)

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective approach; therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

Changes in the various components of noninterest expense are discussed in further detail below.  Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

During the first quarter of 2020, Trustmark completed a voluntary early retirement program and incurred $4.3 million of non-routine salaries and employee benefits expense related to this program.  Excluding these non-routine expenses, salaries and employee benefits increased $3.9 million, or 6.4%, when the first quarter of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, principally due to higher commissions expense resulting from improvements in mortgage production and the insurance line of business as well as an increase in salary expenses as a result of general merit increases.

Services and Fees

The increase in services and fees when the three months ended March 31, 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, was primarily increases in legal fees related to ongoing litigation matters and data processing charges related to software.

Credit Loss Expense Related to Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

Trustmark adopted FASB ASC Topic 326, in accordance with the amendments of FASB ASU 2016-13, effective January 1, 2020.  The guidance in FASB ASC 326 replaces Trustmark’s previous incurred loss methodology with a methodology that reflects the current expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine

70


 

credit losses.  FASB ASC Topic 326 also requires Trustmark to estimate expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures which are not unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark.  Trustmark maintains a separate ACL for off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded commitments and letters of credit.  Adjustments to the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures are recorded as noninterest expense in credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures.  The increase in the credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet exposures for the first quarter of 2020 was primarily due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the current and anticipated negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.

Other Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of other noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Loan expense

 

$

2,799

 

 

$

2,697

 

 

$

102

 

 

 

3.8

%

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

812

 

 

 

1,101

 

 

 

(289

)

 

 

-26.2

%

FDIC assessment expense

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

(168

)

 

 

-9.6

%

Other miscellaneous expense

 

 

9,552

 

 

 

8,413

 

 

 

1,139

 

 

 

13.5

%

Total other expense

 

$

14,753

 

 

$

13,969

 

 

$

784

 

 

 

5.6

%

The increase in other expense when the three months ended March 31, 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, was primarily due to an increase in other miscellaneous expense principally resulting from accrued expense related to the Trust Department.

Results of Segment Operations

For a description of the methodologies used to measure financial performance and financial information by reportable segment, please see Note 19 – Segment Information included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.  During the first quarter of 2020, Trustmark revised the composition of its operating segments by moving the Retail Private Banking Group from the General Banking Segment to the Wealth Management Segment as a result of a change in supervision of this group for segment reporting purposes.  Prior period amounts include reclassifications to conform to the current period presentation.  The following discusses changes in the results of operations of each reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

General Banking

Net interest income for the General Banking Segment decreased $602 thousand, or 0.6%, when the three months ended March 31, 2020 is compared with the same time period in 2019.  The decrease in net interest income was principally due to decreases in interest and fees on acquired loans and interest on securities, which were largely offset by a decrease in interest on deposits, primarily due to declines in both average balances of interest-bearing deposits and interest rates.  The provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled $18.4 million compared to a provision for loan losses, net of $1.7 million for the same period in 2019, an increase of $16.7 million primarily due to the impact of the COVID pandemic on the macroeconomic factors used in Trustmark’s ACL methodology.  For more information on these net interest income items, please see the sections captioned “Financial Highlights” and “Results of Operations.”

Noninterest income for the General Banking Segment increased $22.3 million, or 97.2%, when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to the increase in mortgage banking, net, principally due to increases in the net hedge ineffectiveness and gain on sales of loans, net.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Segment represented 30.6% of total revenue for this segment for the first three months of 2020 as opposed to 18.2% for the same time period in 2019.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Segment includes service charges on deposit accounts; bank card and other fees; mortgage banking, net; other income, net and securities gains (losses), net.  For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Income.”

Noninterest expense for the General Banking Segment increased $16.4 million, or 18.3%, when the first three months of 2020 is compared with the same time period in 2019, principally due to increases in salaries and employee benefits, services and fees and the addition of the credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures as a result of the adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326.  During the first quarter of 2020, Trustmark completed a voluntary early retirement program which resulted in non-routine transaction expenses of $4.4 million ($4.3 million of salaries and employee benefits expense and $102 thousand of other expense).  For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Expense.”

71


 

Wealth Management

Net income for the Wealth Management Segment for the first three months of 2020 decreased $1.9 million when compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to $2.2 million increase in the provision for credit losses related to loans generated by the Private Banking Department as a result of the change in allowance methodology and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the macroeconomic factors used in the ACL methodology.  Net interest income for the Wealth Management Segment totaled $1.5 million for the first three months of 2020, a decrease of $244 thousand, or 14.0%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to a decrease in interest and fees on loans, primarily caused by a decrease in interest rates generally.  Noninterest income, which primarily includes income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services, increased $813 thousand, or 10.6%, when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to increases in investment services and trust management income.  Noninterest expense for the Wealth Management Segment increased $853 thousand, or 11.1%, when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, principally due to an increase in other miscellaneous expense related to accrued expense for the Trust Department.

At March 31, 2020 and 2019, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $11.641 billion and $11.381 billion, respectively, and brokerage assets of $1.764 billion and $1.867 billion, respectively.

Insurance

Net income for the Insurance Segment for the first three months of 2020 increased $145 thousand, or 7.5%, when compared to the same time period in 2019.  Noninterest income for the Insurance Segment, which is predominately composed of insurance commissions, increased $697 thousand, or 6.4%, when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to new business commission volume in the property and casualty business.  Noninterest expense for the Insurance Segment increased $501 thousand, or 6.0%, when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to higher salaries expense resulting from modest general merit increases and higher commission expense due to improvements in business volumes.

Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 10.5% compared to 13.6% for the same time period in 2019, respectively.  Trustmark’s effective tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to various tax-exempt income items and its utilization of income tax credit programs.  Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits or historical tax credits).  The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense.

Financial Condition

Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold and other earning assets.  Average earning assets totaled $12.229 billion, or 89.6% of total average assets, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $12.075 billion, or 89.8% of total average assets, for the three months ended March 31, 2019, an increase of $153.5 million, or 1.3%.

Securities

The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding.  Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of the portfolio.  The weighted-average life of the portfolio was 3.2 years at March 31, 2020 compared to 3.5 years at December 31, 2019.

When compared with December 31, 2019, total investment securities increased by $197.6 million, or 8.4%, during the first three months of 2020.  This increase resulted primarily from purchases of and improvement in the fair market value of available for sale securities, partially offset by calls, maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying GSE guaranteed securities.  Trustmark sold no securities during the first three months of 2020 or 2019.

72


 

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity to mitigate the potential adverse impact of a rising interest rate environment on the fair value of the available for sale securities and the related impact on tangible common equity.  The resulting net unrealized holding loss is being amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  At March 31, 2020, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, (AOCI) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets totaled $11.2 million ($8.4 million net of tax) compared to $12.1 million ($9.1 million net of tax) at December 31, 2019.

Available for sale securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in AOCI, a separate component of shareholders’ equity.  At March 31, 2020, available for sale securities totaled $1.834 billion, which represented 72.3% of the securities portfolio, compared to $1.602 billion, or 68.5%, at December 31, 2019.  At March 31, 2020, unrealized gains, net on available for sale securities totaled $41.9 million compared to unrealized gains, net of $1.4 million at December 31, 2019.  At March 31, 2020, available for sale securities consisted of obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities and direct obligations of government agencies and GSEs.

Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity.  At March 31, 2020, held to maturity securities totaled $704.3 million, which represented 27.7% of the total securities portfolio, compared with $738.1 million, or 31.5%, at December 31, 2019.

Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of 97.7% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa-rated securities as determined by Moody’s Investors Services (Moody’s).  None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime.  Furthermore, outside of stock ownership in the FHLB of Dallas, FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Trustmark does not hold any other equity investment in a GSE.

As of March 31, 2020, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding 10% of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion.  Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio.

The following table presents Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at March 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

1,768,767

 

 

 

98.7

%

 

$

1,810,207

 

 

 

98.7

%

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

5,450

 

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

5,483

 

 

 

0.3

%

Baa1 to Baa3

 

 

1,078

 

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

1,098

 

 

 

0.1

%

Not Rated (1)

 

 

16,557

 

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

16,991

 

 

 

0.9

%

Total securities available for sale

 

$

1,791,852

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,833,779

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

672,519

 

 

 

95.5

%

 

$

699,341

 

 

 

95.6

%

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

26,208

 

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

26,418

 

 

 

3.6

%

Not Rated (1)

 

 

5,549

 

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

5,682

 

 

 

0.8

%

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

704,276

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

731,441

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

(1)

Not rated securities primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations.

The table above presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category, and not by category of the underlying security.  At March 31, 2020, approximately 98.7% of the available for sale securities, measured at the estimated fair value, and 95.5% of the held to maturity securities, measured at amortized cost, were rated Aaa.

73


 

LHFS

At March 31, 2020, LHFS totaled $325.4 million, consisting of $268.9 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $56.5 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  At December 31, 2019, LHFS totaled $226.3 million, consisting of $169.3 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $57.1 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2020 or 2019.

For additional information regarding the GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “Past Due LHFS” included in Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI of Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

LHFI

The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown and rapidly evolving. It has caused substantial disruption in international and the United States economies, markets and employment. The outbreak may have a significant adverse impact on certain industries Trustmark serves, including the restaurant and food services, hotel, retail and energy industries.  See the section captioned “COVID-19 Update” for further information and discussion regarding the current and anticipated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020 (1)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

486,265

 

 

 

5.1

%

 

$

1,162,791

 

 

 

12.4

%

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

584,981

 

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

1,855,913

 

 

 

19.9

%

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,575,422

 

 

 

26.9

%

 

 

2,475,245

 

 

 

26.5

%

Other real estate secured

 

 

838,573

 

 

 

8.8

%

 

 

724,480

 

 

 

7.8

%

Other loans secured by real estate: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

650,124

 

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,267,084

 

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,476,777

 

 

 

15.4

%

 

 

1,477,896

 

 

 

15.8

%

Consumer loans

 

 

173,678

 

 

 

1.8

%

 

 

175,738

 

 

 

1.9

%

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

938,637

 

 

 

9.8

%

 

 

967,944

 

 

 

10.4

%

Other commercial loans (2)

 

 

576,379

 

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

495,621

 

 

 

5.3

%

LHFI

 

$

9,567,920

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

9,335,628

 

 

 

100.0

%

(1)

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective approach; therefore, prior period balances are presented under legacy GAAP and may not be comparable to current period presentation.

(2)

In accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 326, Trustmark redefined its LHFI portfolio segments and related loan classes based on the level at which risk is monitored within the ACL methodology. The other loans secured by real estate portfolio segment and related loan classes were separated from the loans secured by real estate portfolio segment. The other construction loans were segregated from the construction, land development and other land loans. The other loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties were segregated from the loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties and the loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties were redefined in the other loans secured by real estate portfolio segment. Other loans were redefined as other commercial loans.

 

LHFI increased $232.3 million, or 2.5%, compared to December 31, 2019.  On January 1, 2020, Trustmark transferred $72.6 million, the remaining balance of the loans acquired in the BancTrust merger, from acquired impaired loans to LHFI as PCD loans as part of its adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326.  For additional information regarding the acquired loans transferred to LHFI, see the section captioned “Acquired Loans.”  Excluding the transferred acquired loans, LHFI increased $159.7 million, or 1.7%, compared to December 31, 2019.  The increase in LHFI, excluding the transferred acquired loans, during the first three months of 2020 was primarily due to net growth in LHFI secured by real estate in Trustmark’s Texas, Mississippi and Florida market regions as well as increases in other commercial loans in the Mississippi and Tennessee market regions, partially offset by declines in state and other political subdivision loans in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region.  The following discussion of changes in LHFI excludes the acquired loans transferred on January 1, 2020.

74


 

LHFI secured by real estate increased $119.6 million, or 1.9%, during the first three months of 2020 primarily due to net growth in LHFI secured by other real estate and LHFI secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties (NFNR LHFI), partially offset by declines in other construction loans and LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties.  LHFI secured by other real estate increased $110.1 million, or 15.1%, during the first three months of 2020, primarily due to other construction loans that moved to LHFI secured by multi-family residential properties in the Alabama, Mississippi and Texas market regions.  NFNR LHFI increased $62.0 million, or 2.5%, during the first three months of 2020, principally due to movement from the other construction loans category.  Excluding other construction loan reclassifications, the NFNR LHFI portfolio declined $39.2 million, or 1.6%, during the first three months of 2020 primarily due to declines in nonowner-occupied loans in the Texas and Alabama market regions and owner-occupied loans in the Mississippi and Alabama market regions.  Other construction loans decreased $28.1 million, or 4.1%, during the first three months of 2020 primarily due other construction loans moved to other loan categories upon the completion of the related construction project, which were largely offset by new construction loans.  During the first three months of 2020, $265.7 million loans were moved from other construction to other loan categories, including $164.3 million to multi-family residential loans, $76.4 million to nonowner-occupied loans and $25.0 million to owner-occupied loans.  Excluding all reclassifications between loan categories, growth in other construction loans across all five market regions totaled $237.4 million during the first three months of 2020.  LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties declined $18.1 million, or 1.4%, during the first three months of 2020, primarily due to declines in the Alabama and Mississippi market regions.

Other commercial loans, which include loans to churches, hospitals, finance companies and real estate investment trusts, increased $78.2 million, or 15.7%, during the first three months of 2020, primarily due to growth in the Mississippi and Tennessee market regions.  State and other political subdivision loans declined $29.3 million, or 3.0%, during the first three months of 2020, principally due to declines in the Mississippi market region.

Trustmark’s exposure to the energy sector is primarily included in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Texas market regions.  At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, energy-related LHFI had outstanding balances of $131.7 million and $122.9 million, respectively, which represented 1.4% of Trustmark’s total LHFI portfolio at March 31, 2020 compared to 1.3% of the total LHFI portfolio at December 31, 2019.  Trustmark has no loan exposure where the source of repayment, or the underlying security of such exposure, is tied to the realization of value from energy reserves.  Should oil prices fall below current levels for a prolonged period of time, there is potential for downgrades to occur.  Management will continue to monitor this exposure.  

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s home equity loans and home equity lines of credit which are included in the LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Home equity loans

 

$

52,148

 

 

$

52,348

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

385,267

 

 

 

388,217

 

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark holds first lien

 

 

59.0

%

 

 

59.4

%

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark does not hold first lien

 

 

41.0

%

 

 

40.6

%

 

Due to the increased risk associated with second liens, loan terms and underwriting guidelines differ from those used for products secured by first liens.  Loan amounts and loan-to-value ratios are limited and are lower for second liens than first liens.  Also, interest rates and maximum amortization periods are adjusted accordingly.  In addition, regardless of lien position, the passing credit score for approval of all home equity lines of credit is higher than that of term loans.  The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is also reflective of the increased risk related to second liens through application of a greater loss factor to this portion of the portfolio.

75


 

The following tables provide information regarding the interest rate terms of Trustmark’s LHFI as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands).  Trustmark’s variable rate LHFI are based primarily on various prime and LIBOR interest rate bases.

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

123,285

 

 

$

362,980

 

 

$

486,265

 

Other secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

44,026

 

 

 

540,955

 

 

 

584,981

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,450,469

 

 

 

1,124,953

 

 

 

2,575,422

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

197,661

 

 

 

640,912

 

 

 

838,573

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

68,121

 

 

 

582,003

 

 

 

650,124

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

797,599

 

 

 

469,485

 

 

 

1,267,084

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

519,408

 

 

 

957,369

 

 

 

1,476,777

 

Consumer loans

 

 

150,304

 

 

 

23,374

 

 

 

173,678

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

892,764

 

 

 

45,873

 

 

 

938,637

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

283,821

 

 

 

292,558

 

 

 

576,379

 

LHFI

 

$

4,527,458

 

 

$

5,040,462

 

 

$

9,567,920

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

201,055

 

 

$

961,736

 

 

$

1,162,791

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

1,004,079

 

 

 

851,834

 

 

 

1,855,913

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,430,132

 

 

 

1,045,113

 

 

 

2,475,245

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

189,023

 

 

 

535,457

 

 

 

724,480

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

636,518

 

 

 

841,378

 

 

 

1,477,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

152,970

 

 

 

22,768

 

 

 

175,738

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

925,990

 

 

 

41,954

 

 

 

967,944

 

Other loans

 

 

310,475

 

 

 

185,146

 

 

 

495,621

 

LHFI

 

$

4,850,242

 

 

$

4,485,386

 

 

$

9,335,628

 

 

In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages), credit cards and indirect consumer auto loans.  These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally analyzed and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.

76


 

The following table presents the LHFI composition by region at March 31, 2020 and reflects each region’s diversified mix of loans ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

LHFI Composition by Region

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

486,265

 

 

$

160,160

 

 

$

68,829

 

 

$

170,313

 

 

$

22,243

 

 

$

64,720

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

584,981

 

 

 

131,161

 

 

 

40,346

 

 

 

328,941

 

 

 

71,299

 

 

 

13,234

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,575,422

 

 

 

658,690

 

 

 

280,670

 

 

 

961,998

 

 

 

167,424

 

 

 

506,640

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

838,573

 

 

 

251,741

 

 

 

25,144

 

 

 

341,864

 

 

 

9,276

 

 

 

210,548

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

650,124

 

 

 

198,137

 

 

 

21,055

 

 

 

137,736

 

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

291,885

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,267,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256,054

 

 

 

11,030

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,476,777

 

 

 

214,041

 

 

 

20,612

 

 

 

699,930

 

 

 

315,542

 

 

 

226,652

 

Consumer loans

 

 

173,678

 

 

 

23,760

 

 

 

6,396

 

 

 

121,318

 

 

 

19,930

 

 

 

2,274

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

938,637

 

 

 

109,422

 

 

 

38,763

 

 

 

582,098

 

 

 

26,717

 

 

 

181,637

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

576,379

 

 

 

81,241

 

 

 

15,558

 

 

 

365,208

 

 

 

84,024

 

 

 

30,348

 

LHFI

 

$

9,567,920

 

 

$

1,828,353

 

 

$

517,373

 

 

$

4,965,460

 

 

$

728,796

 

 

$

1,527,938

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region

 

Lots

 

$

74,865

 

 

$

18,309

 

 

$

23,768

 

 

$

25,757

 

 

$

1,647

 

 

$

5,384

 

Development

 

 

63,640

 

 

 

14,326

 

 

 

7,505

 

 

 

29,130

 

 

 

4,938

 

 

 

7,741

 

Unimproved land

 

 

106,812

 

 

 

28,543

 

 

 

16,678

 

 

 

29,752

 

 

 

11,323

 

 

 

20,516

 

1-4 family construction

 

 

240,948

 

 

 

98,982

 

 

 

20,878

 

 

 

85,674

 

 

 

4,335

 

 

 

31,079

 

Construction, land development and other

   land loans

 

$

486,265

 

 

$

160,160

 

 

$

68,829

 

 

$

170,313

 

 

$

22,243

 

 

$

64,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region

 

Nonowner-occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

$

443,057

 

 

$

162,375

 

 

$

41,536

 

 

$

137,615

 

 

$

27,531

 

 

$

74,000

 

Office

 

 

210,317

 

 

 

45,026

 

 

 

34,397

 

 

 

59,339

 

 

 

12,686

 

 

 

58,869

 

Hotel/motel

 

 

353,666

 

 

 

136,120

 

 

 

100,735

 

 

 

65,604

 

 

 

40,207

 

 

 

11,000

 

Mini-storage

 

 

109,009

 

 

 

12,112

 

 

 

3,520

 

 

 

49,479

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

43,478

 

Industrial

 

 

188,403

 

 

 

63,245

 

 

 

13,418

 

 

 

38,613

 

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

70,884

 

Health care

 

 

42,520

 

 

 

15,414

 

 

 

4,535

 

 

 

18,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,756

 

Convenience stores

 

 

27,116

 

 

 

3,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,243

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

11,967

 

Nursing homes/senior living

 

 

57,123

 

 

 

18,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,856

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,571

 

Other

 

 

66,085

 

 

 

5,238

 

 

 

6,892

 

 

 

11,120

 

 

 

5,959

 

 

 

36,876

 

Total nonowner-occupied loans

 

 

1,497,296

 

 

 

461,722

 

 

 

205,033

 

 

 

411,684

 

 

 

89,456

 

 

 

329,401

 

Owner-occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office

 

 

166,804

 

 

 

38,751

 

 

 

38,062

 

 

 

53,284

 

 

 

10,763

 

 

 

25,944

 

Churches

 

 

103,009

 

 

 

24,506

 

 

 

6,250

 

 

 

46,790

 

 

 

11,201

 

 

 

14,262

 

Industrial warehouses

 

 

152,128

 

 

 

12,425

 

 

 

3,517

 

 

 

49,776

 

 

 

16,829

 

 

 

69,581

 

Health care

 

 

129,995

 

 

 

15,391

 

 

 

6,006

 

 

 

93,260

 

 

 

2,515

 

 

 

12,823

 

Convenience stores

 

 

104,925

 

 

 

13,026

 

 

 

8,071

 

 

 

62,871

 

 

 

640

 

 

 

20,317

 

Retail

 

 

68,057

 

 

 

17,945

 

 

 

6,636

 

 

 

24,610

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

16,159

 

Restaurants

 

 

59,617

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

1,833

 

 

 

36,612

 

 

 

15,497

 

 

 

1,475

 

Auto dealerships

 

 

31,366

 

 

 

7,947

 

 

 

295

 

 

 

12,883

 

 

 

10,241

 

 

 

 

Nursing homes/senior living

 

 

179,065

 

 

 

58,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,015

 

 

 

5,779

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

83,160

 

 

 

4,506

 

 

 

4,967

 

 

 

55,213

 

 

 

1,796

 

 

 

16,678

 

Total owner-occupied loans

 

 

1,078,126

 

 

 

196,968

 

 

 

75,637

 

 

 

550,314

 

 

 

77,968

 

 

 

177,239

 

Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

$

2,575,422

 

 

$

658,690

 

 

$

280,670

 

 

$

961,998

 

 

$

167,424

 

 

$

506,640

 

77


 

Allowance for Credit Losses

LHFI

Trustmark adopted FASB ASC Topic 326, in accordance with the amendments of FASB ASU 2016-13, effective January 1, 2020.  The guidance in FASB ASC 326 replaces Trustmark’s previous incurred loss methodology with a methodology that reflects the current expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit losses.  Trustmark’s ACL methodology for LHFI is based upon guidance within FASB ASC Subtopic 326-20, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses – Measured at Amortized Cost,” as well as regulatory guidance from its primary regulator.  The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. Credit quality within the LHFI portfolio is continuously monitored by Management and is reflected within the ACL for loans.  The ACL is an estimate of expected losses inherent within Trustmark’s existing LHFI portfolio.  The ACL, LHFI is adjusted through the provision for credit losses and reduced by the charge off of loan amounts, net of recoveries.  

The loan loss estimation process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique characteristics of Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio segments.  These segments are further disaggregated into loan classes, the level at which credit risk is monitored.  When computing allowance levels, credit loss assumptions are estimated using a model that categorizes loan pools based on loss history, delinquency status and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts about the future.  Evaluations of the portfolio and individual credits are inherently subjective, as they require estimates, assumptions and judgments as to the facts and circumstances of particular situations.  Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgement by Management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.  In future periods, evaluations of the overall LHFI portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance and credit loss expense.

For a complete description of Trustmark’s ACL methodology and the quantitative and qualitative factors included in the calculation, please see Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326 on January 1, 2020, Trustmark recorded a decrease to the ACL, LHFI of $3.0 million and an increase of $1.8 million for the ACL calculated on the acquired loans transferred to LHFI as PCD loans.  At March 31, 2020, the ACL, LHFI was $100.6 million, an increase of $17.5 million, or 21.1%, when compared with January 1, 2020.  The increase in the ACL, LHFI during the first three months of 2020 was principally due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the current and anticipated negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.  Allocation of Trustmark’s $100.6 million ACL, LHFI, represented 0.97% of commercial LHFI and 1.35% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an ACL to total LHFI of 1.05% as of March 31, 2020.  This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 0.90% at December 31, 2019, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 0.98% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 0.61%.

The following table present changes in the ACL, LHFI for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

84,277

 

 

$

79,290

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

(3,039

)

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, acquired loans transfer

 

 

815

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans ACL adjustment

 

 

1,007

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

20,581

 

 

 

1,611

 

LHFI charged-off

 

 

(5,545

)

 

 

(4,033

)

Recoveries

 

 

2,468

 

 

 

2,137

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(1,896

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

100,564

 

 

$

79,005

 

Charge-offs exceeded recoveries for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.  Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2020 increased $1.2 million, or 62.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to two large commercial credits in the Tennessee and Alabama market regions that were charged off during the first quarter of 2020, partially offset by a decline in charge-offs in the Mississippi market region.

78


 

The following table presents the net (charge-offs) recoveries by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Alabama

 

$

(1,080

)

 

$

(15

)

Florida

 

 

64

 

 

 

227

 

Mississippi

 

 

126

 

 

 

(2,130

)

Tennessee

 

 

(2,186

)

 

 

(50

)

Texas

 

 

(1

)

 

 

72

 

Total net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

$

(3,077

)

 

$

(1,896

)

The provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled 0.86% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI), compared to 0.07% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI) for the same time period in 2019.  The increase in the provision for credit losses when the three months ended March 31, 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019 was primarily due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the current and anticipated negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

FASB ASC Topic 326 requires Trustmark to estimate expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures which are not unconditionally cancellable.  Trustmark maintains a separate ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, which is included on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2020.  Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326 on January 1, 2020, Trustmark recorded an ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures of $29.6 million.

Expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are estimated by calculating a commitment usage factor over the contractual period for exposures that are not unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark.  Trustmark generates a loan pool level unfunded amount for the period.  Trustmark calculates a funding rate each period which is applied to the pool unfunded commitment balances to ensure that reserves will be applied to the pool as Trustmark believes the pool will reach its historical levels.  Additionally, a total reserve rate is applied to the unfunded commitment balance.  The total reserve rate incorporates both quantitative and qualitative aspects of the current period’s expected credit loss rate.  The total reserve rate is loan pool specific and is applied to the unfunded amount to ensure loss factors, both quantitative and qualitative, are being considered on the unfunded portion of the loan pool, consistent with the methodology applied to the funded loan pools.  See the section captioned “Lending Related” in Note 13 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report for complete description of Trustmark’s ACL methodology on off-balance sheet credit exposures.

Adjustments to the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures are recorded to credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures in noninterest expense. Trustmark recorded a credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures of $6.8 million during the first three months of 2020, resulting in an ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures of $36.4 million as of March 31, 2020.  The increase in the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures for the first three months of 2020 was primarily due to net changes in the economic forecast due to the current and anticipated negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.

79


 

Nonperforming Assets, Excluding Acquired Loans

The table below provides the components of nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans, by geographic market region at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

$

4,769

 

 

$

1,870

 

Florida

 

 

254

 

 

 

267

 

Mississippi

 

 

40,815

 

 

 

41,493

 

Tennessee

 

 

6,153

 

 

 

8,980

 

Texas

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

616

 

Total nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

52,992

 

 

 

53,226

 

Other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

 

6,229

 

 

 

8,133

 

Florida

 

 

4,835

 

 

 

5,877

 

Mississippi

 

 

13,296

 

 

 

14,919

 

Tennessee

 

 

487

 

 

 

319

 

Texas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other real estate

 

 

24,847

 

 

 

29,248

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

77,839

 

 

$

82,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets/total loans (LHFI and LHFS) and ORE

 

 

0.78

%

 

 

0.86

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

$

708

 

 

$

642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFS - Guaranteed GNMA serviced loans (1)

 

$

43,564

 

 

$

41,648

 

 

(1)

No obligation to repurchase.

See the previous discussion of LHFS for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase and the impact of Trustmark’s repurchases of delinquent mortgage loans under the GNMA optional repurchase program.

Nonaccrual LHFI

At March 31, 2020, nonaccrual LHFI totaled $53.0 million, or 0.54% of total LHFS and LHFI, reflecting a decrease of $234 thousand relative to December 31, 2019.  The decrease in nonaccrual LHFI during the first three months of 2020 was primarily due to reductions, pay-offs and charge-offs of nonaccrual LHFI in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Tennessee market regions, which were largely offset by LHFI placed on nonaccrual status in the Mississippi and Alabama market regions during the first quarter of 2020.  

As of March 31, 2020, nonaccrual energy-related LHFI totaled $11.0 million and represented 8.4% of Trustmark’s total energy-related portfolio, compared to $10.6 million, or 8.6% of Trustmark’s total energy-related portfolio, as of December 31, 2019.  For additional information regarding nonaccrual LHFI, see the section captioned “Nonaccrual and Past Due LHFI” included in Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate at March 31, 2020 decreased $4.4 million, or 15.0%, when compared with December 31, 2019.  The decrease in other real estate was principally a result of properties sold and write-downs on foreclosed properties in Trustmark’s Alabama, Mississippi and Florida market regions.

80


 

The following tables illustrate changes in other real estate by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

29,248

 

 

$

8,133

 

 

$

5,877

 

 

$

14,919

 

 

$

319

 

 

$

 

Additions

 

 

336

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(3,741

)

 

 

(1,221

)

 

 

(987

)

 

 

(1,493

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

(996

)

 

 

(760

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(157

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

24,847

 

 

$

6,229

 

 

$

4,835

 

 

$

13,296

 

 

$

487

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2019

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

34,668

 

 

$

6,873

 

 

$

8,771

 

 

$

17,255

 

 

$

1,025

 

 

$

744

 

Additions

 

 

785

 

 

 

525

 

 

 

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(1,658

)

 

 

(106

)

 

 

(320

)

 

 

(1,211

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

(1,656

)

 

 

(414

)

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(883

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(18

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

32,139

 

 

$

6,878

 

 

$

8,120

 

 

$

15,421

 

 

$

994

 

 

$

726

 

Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against the reserve for other real estate write-downs or net income in other real estate expense, if a reserve does not exist.  Write-downs of other real estate decreased $660 thousand, or 39.9%, when the first three months of 2020 is compared to the same time period in 2019, primarily due to a decrease in write-downs of other real estate properties in the Mississippi market region.

For additional information regarding other real estate, please see Note 6 – Other Real Estate included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Acquired Loans

Trustmark’s loss-share agreement with the FDIC covering the acquired covered loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties will expire in 2021.

Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326, which was effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2020 in accordance with the amendments in FASB ASU 2016-13, Trustmark elected to account for its existing acquired loans as PCD loans included within the LHFI portfolio. Trustmark elected to maintain pools of loans that were previously accounted for under FASB ASC Subtopic 310-30, “Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” and will continue to account for these pools as a unit of account.  Loans are only removed from the existing loan pools if they are written off, paid off or sold.  Upon adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326, the ACL was determined for each pool and added to the pool’s carrying value to establish a new amortized cost basis.  The difference between the unpaid principal balance of the pool and the new amortized cost basis is the noncredit premium or discount which will be amortized into interest income over the remaining life of the pool.  Changes to the ACL after adoption of FASB ASC Topic 326 are recorded through the provision for credit losses.

As a result of adopting FASB ASC Topic 326, Trustmark transferred $72.6 million of acquired loans, $815 thousand of related allowance for loan losses, acquired loans as well as $1.0 million of ACL calculated for these loans to LHFI on January 1, 2020.  The acquired loans and related allowance transferred were acquired in the BancTrust merger.

81


 

As of  December 31, 2019, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

4,771

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

17,525

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

38,206

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

3,946

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

5,035

 

Consumer loans

 

 

520

 

Other loans

 

 

2,598

 

Acquired loans

 

 

72,601

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

815

 

Net acquired loans

 

$

71,786

 

For additional information regarding acquired loans, including changes in the net carrying value, see Note 4 – Acquired Loans included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Deposits

Trustmark’s deposits are its primary source of funding and consist of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves.  Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  Total deposits were $11.576 billion at March 31, 2020 compared to $11.246 billion at December 31, 2019, an increase of $330.2 million, or 2.9%.  During the first three months of 2020, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $85.8 million, or 3.0%, primarily due to growth in all categories of noninterest-bearing deposit accounts.  Interest-bearing deposits increased $244.4 million, or 2.9%, during the first three months of 2020, primarily due to growth in public and commercial interest checking accounts and commercial money market deposit accounts.

Borrowings

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and short-term FHLB advances, to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth.  See the section captioned “Liquidity” for further discussion of the components of Trustmark’s excess funding capacity.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements totaled $421.8 million at March 31, 2020 compared to $256.0 million at December 31, 2019, an increase of $165.8 million, or 64.8%.  Of these amounts $63.8 million and $62.5 million, respectively, represented customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repurchase balances.  Excluding customer related transactions, Trustmark had $358.0 million of upstream federal funds purchased at March 31, 2020, compared to $193.5 million at December 31, 2019.  The increase in the upstream federal funds purchased during the first three months of 2020, was primarily a result of changes in funding needs as growth in earning assets exceeded deposit growth.

Other borrowings totaled $84.2 million at March 31, 2020, a decrease of $1.2 million, or 1.4%, when compared with $85.4 million at December 31, 2019.  

Legal Environment

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of Note 13 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Lending Related” of Note 13 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

82


 

Contractual Obligations

Payments due from Trustmark under specified long-term and certain other binding contractual obligations were scheduled in Trustmark’s 2019 Annual Report.  The most significant obligations, other than obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings, were for operating leases for banking facilities.  There have been no material changes in Trustmark’s contractual obligations since year-end.

Capital Resources

At March 31, 2020, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.652 billion, a decrease of $8.3 million, or 0.5%, when compared to December 31, 2019.  During the first three months of 2020, shareholders’ equity decreased primarily as a result of a $19.9 million, net of tax, adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings as a result of the adoption of FASB ASU 2016-13, common stock repurchases of $27.5 million and common stock dividends of $14.7 million, partially offset by net income of $22.2 million and improvements in the fair market value of securities available for sale, net of tax, of $30.4 million.  Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios.  This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities and protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions, while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2019 Annual Report, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.  AOCI is not included in computing regulatory capital.  Trustmark has elected the five-year phase-in transition period related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2020, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2020.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2020, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.  

In 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities.  For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital.  Trustmark intends to continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (the Trust) as Tier 1 capital up to the regulatory limit, as permitted by the grandfather provision in the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Final Rule.

Refer to the section captioned “Regulatory Capital” included in Note 16 – Shareholders’ Equity in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report for an illustration of Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0.23.  Trustmark’s indicated dividend for 2020 is $0.92 per common share, which is the same as dividends per common share as declared in 2019.

Stock Repurchase Program

The Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program effective April 1, 2019, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common shares could be acquired through March 31, 2020.  Trustmark repurchased approximately 887 thousand shares of its outstanding common stock valued at $27.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020.  Under this authority, Trustmark repurchased approximately 1.5 million shares valued at $47.2 million.

83


 

On January 28, 2020, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a new stock repurchase program, effective April 1, 2020, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through December 31, 2021.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or private transactions, depending on market conditions.  There is no guarantee as to the number of shares that may be repurchased by Trustmark, and Trustmark may discontinue purchases under the program at any time at Management’s discretion.  

On March 9, 2020, Trustmark suspended its share repurchase programs to preserve capital to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes.  Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity.  Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements.  Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds.  Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.

The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits.  Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity.  Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.

Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source.  Average deposits totaled to $11.359 billion for the first three months of 2020 and represented approximately 83.3% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity, compared to average deposits of $11.392 billion, which represented 84.8% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for the first three months of 2019.

Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources.  At March 31, 2020, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $27.3 million compared to $26.2 million at December 31, 2019.

At March 31, 2020, Trustmark had $358.0 million of upstream federal funds purchased, compared to $193.5 million at December 31, 2019.  The increase in the upstream federal funds purchased during the first three months of 2020, was primarily a result of changes in funding needs as growth in earning assets exceeded deposit growth.  Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines to provide sufficient short-term liquidity.  

Trustmark maintains a relationship with the FHLB of Dallas, which provided no outstanding short-term or long-term advances at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.  Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas by $3.196 billion at March 31, 2020.  

In addition, at March 31, 2020, Trustmark had $794 thousand in long-term FHLB advances outstanding with the FHLB of Atlanta, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger, compared to $811 thousand at December 31, 2019.  Trustmark has non-member status and thus no additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Atlanta.

Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to leverage its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  At March 31, 2020, Trustmark had approximately $594.0 million available in unencumbered agency securities compared to $546.0 million at December 31, 2019.

Another borrowing source is the Discount Window.  At March 31, 2020, Trustmark had approximately $1.002 billion available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window primarily from pledges of commercial and industrial LHFI, compared with $982.7 billion at December 31, 2019.

Additionally, on March 15, 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB reduced reserve requirements for insured depository institutions to zero percent, which increased TNB’s available liquidity.

The PPPLF was established by the FRB to provide a liquidity source to PPP lenders, through non-recourse credit secured by PPP loans.  The PPPLF is available to Trustmark as a liquidity source as needed.

84


 

During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, the Trust.  The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option.  The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.

The Board of Directors of Trustmark currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value.  The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes.  At March 31, 2020, Trustmark had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by Management and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy.  Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.

Asset/Liability Management

Overview

Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices.  Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk.  Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities.  Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates.  Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.

Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors of Trustmark.  A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.

Derivatives

Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies.  The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors.  As a general matter, the values of these instruments are designed to be inversely related to the values of the assets that they hedge (i.e., if the value of the hedged asset falls, the value of the related hedge rises).  In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivatives contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers.  These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes.  Increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivatives programs.

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to the Trust throughout the five-year period which began December 31, 2014 and ended December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark paid a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and received a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

The interest rate swap matured on December 31, 2019; therefore, there was no accumulated net after-tax amount related to the effective cash flow hedge included in AOCI at December 31, 2019.  No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the three months ended March 31, 2019.  Amounts reported in AOCI related to this derivative were reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments were made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking business, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized.  Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  

85


 

The gross notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $836.7 million at March 31, 2020, with a positive valuation adjustment of $507 thousand, compared to $301.1 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $953 thousand at December 31, 2019.

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting under GAAP.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments was $516.5 million at March 31, 2020 compared to $564.0 million at December 31, 2019.  These exchange-traded derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $9.9 million and a net negative ineffectiveness of $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Trustmark offers certain interest rate derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk under loans they have entered into with TNB.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships under GAAP and are, therefore, carried on Trustmark’s financial statements at fair value with the change in fair value recorded as noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of March 31, 2020, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $905.6 million related to this program, compared to $893.1 million as of December 31, 2019.

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be deemed to be in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of March 31, 2020, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $2.8 million compared to $1.0 million at December 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2020, Trustmark had posted collateral of $2.8 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2020, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value (which is expected to approximate fair market value).

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third-party default on the underlying swap.  At both March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, Trustmark had entered into three risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $37.2 million and $37.6 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2020, Trustmark had entered into nine risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $74.9 million, compared to ten risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $79.3 million at December 31, 2019.  The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Trustmark’s participation in the derivatives markets is subject to increased federal regulation of these markets.  Trustmark believes that it may continue to use financial derivatives to manage interest rate risk and also to offer derivatives products to certain qualified commercial lending clients in compliance with the Volcker Rule.  However, the increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets has increased the cost to Trustmark of administering its derivatives programs.  Some of these costs (particularly compliance costs related to the Volcker Rule and other federal regulations) are expected to recur in the future.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business.  This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.

86


 

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Management’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure.  Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact on net interest income caused by changes in interest rates.  Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet.  Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior.  In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.

Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, the table below summarizes the effect various one-year interest rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income compared to a base case, flat scenario at March 31, 2020 and 2019.  At March 31, 2020 and 2019, the impact of a 200-basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the low interest rate environment.

 

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Interest Income

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

+200 basis points

 

 

5.9

%

 

 

2.0

%

+100 basis points

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

1.1

%

-100 basis points

 

 

-10.9

%

 

 

-1.8

%

 

Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2020 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.  Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.

Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates.  The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods.  Trustmark uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate.  The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows.  The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments.  The following table summarizes the effect that various interest rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at March 31, 2020 and 2019.  At March 31, 2020 and 2019, the impact of a 200-basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the low interest rate environment.

 

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Portfolio Value

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

+200 basis points

 

 

8.7

%

 

 

0.3

%

+100 basis points

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

0.8

%

-100 basis points

 

 

-13.8

%

 

 

-3.2

%

 

Trustmark determines the fair value of the MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees.  Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly.  Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal.  The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk.  Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.

By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates.  These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant.  Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of the MSR requires significant management judgment.

87


 

At March 31, 2020, the MSR fair value was $56.4 million, compared to $86.8 million at March 31, 2019.  The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at March 31, 2020, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $3.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively, compared to a decline in fair value of approximately $3.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively, at March 31, 2019.  Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.

Critical Accounting Policies

Trustmark’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding of Management’s discussion and analysis of Trustmark’s results of operations and financial condition.  Trustmark has identified critical accounting policies which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in making certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in its consolidated financial statements.  Certain accounting estimates are important to the portrayal of Trustmark’s financial condition, as they require Management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain.  Accounting estimates are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances, which include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the economy, including COVID-19 related changes and changes in the financial condition of borrowers.  For an overview of Trustmark’s critical accounting policies at December 31, 2019, see the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies” included in Part II. Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of Trustmark’s 2019 Annual Report.

For additional information regarding Trustmark’s basis of presentation and accounting policies, see Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

On January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13, which created material changes to Trustmark’s allowance for loan losses, LHFI critical accounting policy that existed at December 31, 2019.  The allowance for loan losses, LHFI critical accounting policy was replaced with the allowance for credit losses, LHFI critical accounting policy presented below effective January 1, 2020.

Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI

The allowance for credit losses (ACL), LHFI is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans.  Credit quality within the LHFI portfolio is continuously monitored by Management and is reflected within the ACL for loans.  The ACL is an estimate of expected losses inherent within Trustmark’s existing LHFI portfolio.  The ACL for LHFI is adjusted through the provision for credit losses and reduced by the charge off of loan amounts, net of recoveries.  

The loan loss estimation process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique characteristics of Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio segments.  These segments are further disaggregated into loan classes, the level at which credit risk is monitored.  When computing allowance levels, credit loss assumptions are estimated using a model that categorizes loan pools based on loss history, delinquency status and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts about the future.  Evaluations of the portfolio and individual credits are inherently subjective, as they require estimates, assumptions and judgments as to the facts and circumstances of particular situations.  Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgement by Management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.  In future periods, evaluations of the overall LHFI portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance and credit loss expense in those future periods.  Given the nature of many of the factors, forecasts and assumptions in the ACL methodology, it is not possible to provide meaningful estimates of the impact of any such potential change.

For a complete description of Trustmark’s ACL methodology for the LHFI portfolio, please see Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete list of recently adopted and pending accounting policies and the impact on Trustmark, see Note 20 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

ITEM 3.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this item is included in the discussion of Market/Interest Rate Risk Management found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

88


 

ITEM 4.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer concluded that Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Effective January 1, 2020, Trustmark adopted FASB ASU 2016-13.  Trustmark implemented changes to its policies, processes and controls over the estimation of the allowance for credit losses to support the adoption of FASB ASU 2016-13.  Management revised previous internal controls used under legacy GAAP and incorporated new internal controls to ensure adequacy of the reserve levels under the new allowance for credit losses methodology.  Changes to internal controls as a result of adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 were a result of changes in the calculation under the new allowance for credit losses methodology and did not change the overall nature of the controls.  There has been no change in Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in several lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  

On August 23, 2009, a purported class action complaint was filed in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, Class Plaintiffs), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions and one individual, each of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark, as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the Stanford Financial Group) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Class Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Class Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.

In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed a second Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  

In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification, staying all other discovery and setting a deadline for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s claims.  The court denied the motions by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  

89


 

On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (SAC), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for (i) aiding, abetting and participating in a fraudulent scheme, (ii) aiding, abetting and participating in violations of the Texas Securities Act, (iii) aiding, abetting and participating in breaches of fiduciary duty, (iv) aiding, abetting and participating in conversion and (v) conspiracy.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC and to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims against TNB and the other financial institutions that are defendants in the action.  On July 27, 2016, the court denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the SAC and also denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  On August 24, 2016, TNB filed its answer to the SAC.  On October 20, 2017, the OSIC filed a motion seeking an order lifting the discovery stay and establishing a trial schedule.  On November 4, 2016, the OSIC filed a First Amended Intervenor Complaint, which added claims for (i) aiding, abetting or participation in violations of the Texas Securities Act and (ii) aiding, abetting or participation in the breach of fiduciary duty.  On November 7, 2017, the court denied the Class Plaintiffs’ motion seeking class certification and designation of class representatives and counsel, finding that common issues of fact did not predominate.  The court granted the OSIC’s motion to lift the discovery stay that it had previously ordered.

On May 3, 2019, individual investors and entities filed motions to intervene in the action.  On September 18, 2019, the court denied the motions to intervene.  On October 14, 2019, certain of the proposed intervenors filed a notice of appeal.

On December 14, 2009, a different Stanford-related lawsuit was filed in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine and Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

On April 11, 2016, Trustmark learned that a different Stanford-related lawsuit had been filed on that date in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada, by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Bank”), naming TNB and three other financial institutions not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks a declaration specifying the degree to which each of TNB and the other defendants are liable in respect of any loss and damage for which TD Bank is found to be liable in a litigation commenced against TD Bank brought by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited in the Superior Court of Justice, Commercial List in Ontario, Canada (the “Joint Liquidators’ Action”), as well as contribution and indemnity in respect of any judgment, interest and costs TD Bank is ordered to pay in the Joint Liquidators’ Action.  To date, TNB has not been served in connection with this action.

On November 1, 2019, TNB was named as a defendant in a complaint filed by Paul Blaine Smith, Carolyn Bass Smith and other plaintiffs identified therein (the Smith Complaint).  The Smith Complaint was filed in District Court, Harris County, Texas and named TNB and four other financial institutions and one individual, each of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark, as defendants.  The Smith Complaint relates to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group, as does the other pending litigation relating to Stanford summarized above.  Plaintiffs in the Smith Complaint have demanded a jury trial.

 

On January 15, 2020, the court granted Stanford Financial Group receiver’s motion to stay the state court action. On February 26, 2020, the lawsuit was removed to federal court in the Southern District of Texas by TNB.  Trustmark and its counsel are carefully evaluating the Smith Complaint in the form that is publicly available, and will update the foregoing description to the extent that additional material facts are ascertained.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  All Stanford-related lawsuits are in pre-trial stages.

On December 30, 2019, a complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi, Northern Division (the Court) by Alysson Mills in her capacity as Court-appointed Receiver (the Receiver) for Arthur Lamar Adams (Adams) and Madison Timber Properties, LLC (Madison Timber), naming TNB, two other Mississippi-based financial institutions both of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark and two individuals, one of who was employed by TNB at all times relevant to the complaint and the other was employed either by TNB or one of the other defendant financial institutions, as defendants.  The complaint seeks to

90


 

recover from the defendants, for the benefit of the receivership estate and also for certain investors who were allegedly defrauded by Adams and Madison Timber, damages (including punitive damages) and related costs allegedly attributable to actions of the defendants that allegedly enabled illegal and fraudulent activities engaged in by Adams and Madison Timber.  The Receiver did not quantify damages.

TNB’s relationship with Adams and Madison Timber consisted of traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested.  In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that a loss in any such proceeding is not probable and reasonably estimable.  All matters will continue to be monitored for further developments that would make such loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable.  In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, Trustmark cannot predict the eventual outcomes of the currently pending matters or the timing of their ultimate resolution.  Management currently believes, however, based upon the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation and after taking into account its current insurance coverage, that the legal proceedings currently pending should not have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s consolidated financial condition.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors are intended as a supplement to the risk factors disclosed in Part I. Item 1A. – Risk Factors included in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and actions taken to mitigate its spread and economic impact, or an outbreak of another highly infectious or contagious disease, could adversely affect Trustmark’s business activities, financial condition and results of operations.

The spread of a highly infectious or contagious disease, such as COVID-19, and actions taken by governmental and public health authorities to mitigate its spread, such as instituting quarantines, travel restrictions and “shelter in place” orders, could lead to severe disruptions in the United States economy, which could in turn disrupt the business, activities and operations of Trustmark’s customers, as well as its business and operations. Moreover, since the beginning of January 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant disruption in the financial markets both globally and in the United States.

Trustmark’s business is dependent upon the willingness and ability of its customers to conduct banking and other financial transactions. The spread of COVID-19, or an outbreak of another highly infectious or contagious disease, may result in a significant decrease in business and/or cause Trustmark’s customers to be unable to meet existing payment or other obligations, particularly in the event of a spread of COVID-19 or an outbreak of an infectious disease in Trustmark’s market regions. Although Trustmark maintains contingency plans for pandemic outbreaks, a spread of COVID-19, or an outbreak of another contagious disease, could also negatively impact the availability of key personnel necessary to conduct its business activities. Such a spread or outbreak could also negatively impact the business and operations of third-party service providers who perform critical services for Trustmark. If COVID-19, or another highly infectious or contagious disease, spreads or the response to contain COVID-19 is unsuccessful, Trustmark could experience a material adverse effect to its business, financial condition, and results of operations.

There continue to be broad concerns related to the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. If the COVID-19 pandemic has an adverse effect on (i) customer deposits, (ii) the ability of Trustmark’s borrowers to satisfy their obligations, (iii) the demand for Trustmark’s loans or its other products and services, (iv) other aspects of Trustmark’s business operations, or (v) on financial markets, real estate markets, or economic growth, this could, depending on the extent of the decline in customer deposits or loan defaults, materially and adversely affect Trustmark’s liquidity, financial condition and the results of operations.

Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected the financial markets and has resulted in a number of actions by the FRB. Market interest rates have declined significantly. On March 3, 2020, the ten-year Treasury yield fell below 1.00% for the first time, and the FRB reduced the target federal funds rate by 50 basis points to a range of 1.00% to 1.25%. On March 15, 2020, the FRB further reduced the target federal funds rate by 100 basis points to a range of 0.00% to 0.25% and announced a $700 billion quantitative easing program in response to the expected economic downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The FRB reduced the interest that it pays on excess reserves from 1.60% to 1.10% on March 3, 2020, and then to 0.10% on March 15, 2020. Trustmark

91


 

expects that these reductions in interest rates, especially if prolonged, could adversely affect its net interest income and margins and its profitability.

Management expects Trustmark’s net interest income and noninterest income to decline and credit-related losses to increase for an uncertain period given the decline in economic activity occurring due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions by the FRB with respect to interest rates. The spread of COVID-19 and its impact on the economy heightens the risk associated with many of the risk factors described in this report, such as those related to credit losses and Trustmark’s reliance on its executives and third-party service providers, for example.  The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact Trustmark’s business, results of operations and financial condition, as well as its regulatory capital, liquidity ratios and stock price, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

As a participating lender in the Small Business Administration’s (SBA) Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), Trustmark is subject to additional risks of litigation from its customers or other parties regarding TNB’s processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guaranties.

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act), which included a $349 billion loan program administered through the SBA referred to as the PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and individuals can apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. TNB is participating as a lender in the PPP. The PPP opened on April 3, 2020; however, because of the short timeframe between the passing of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there is some ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP, which exposes Trustmark to risks relating to noncompliance with the PPP. On April 16, 2020, the SBA notified lenders that the $349 billion earmarked for the PPP was exhausted. Legislation providing an additional $320 billion in funding for the PPP was signed into law on April 24, 2020.  The SBA began accepting applications for the new funding on April 27, 2020.

Since the opening of the PPP, several financial institutions have been subject to litigation regarding the processes and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP. Trustmark may be exposed to the risk of similar litigation, from both customers and non-customers that approached TNB regarding PPP loans, regarding its processes and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP. If any such litigation is filed against Trustmark and is not resolved in a manner favorable to Trustmark, it may result in significant financial liability or adversely affect Trustmark’s reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome. Any financial liability, litigation costs or reputational damage caused by PPP related litigation could have a material adverse impact on Trustmark’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Trustmark also has credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded, or serviced by TNB, such as an issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was originated, funded, or serviced by TNB, the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from Trustmark.

92


 

ITEM 2.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

The Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program effective April 1, 2019, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common shares could be acquired through March 31, 2020.

On January 28, 2020, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a new stock repurchase program, effective April 1, 2020, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through December 31, 2021.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or private transactions, depending on market conditions.  There is no guarantee as to the number of shares that may be repurchased by Trustmark, and Trustmark may discontinue purchases under the program at any time at Management’s discretion.  

On March 9, 2020, Trustmark suspended its share repurchase programs to preserve capital to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.  

The following table provides information with respect to purchases by Trustmark or made on behalf of Trustmark of its common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2020 ($ in thousands, except per share amounts):

Period

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

 

Average Price Paid Per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan

 

 

Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan at the End of the Period

 

January 1, 2020 to January 31, 2020

 

 

357,062

 

 

$

33.51

 

 

 

357,062

 

 

$

68,314

 

February 1, 2020 to February 29, 2020

 

 

338,800

 

 

 

30.84

 

 

 

338,800

 

 

 

57,865

 

March 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020

 

 

191,096

 

 

 

26.82

 

 

 

191,096

 

 

 

52,740

 

Total

 

 

886,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

886,958

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 5.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

 

ITEM 6.

EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference.

 

93


 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

31-a

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31-b

 

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32-a  

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32-b  

 

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101

 

Inline XBRL Interactive Data.

 

 

 

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.

 

 

94


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

 

BY:

 

/s/ Gerard R. Host

 

BY:

 

/s/ Louis E. Greer

 

 

Gerard R. Host

 

 

 

Louis E. Greer

 

 

Chairman of the Board, President and

 

 

 

Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and

 

 

Chief Executive Officer 

 

 

 

Principal Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE:

 

May 8, 2020

 

DATE:

 

May 8, 2020

 

 

95